Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form 10-K


(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20182021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number: 001-11919


TTEC Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

    

84-1291044

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

9197 South Peoria Street

Englewood, Colorado80112

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(303) (303397-8100


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock,stock of TTEC Holdings, Inc., $0.01 par value per share

TTEC

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes   No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  No 

As of June 30, 2018,2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 46,033,51646,893,465 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock that was held by non-affiliates on such date was $485,565,838$1,899,274,388 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

As of February 28, 2019,23, 2022, there were 46,209,12246,994,084 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information required for Part III of this report is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement for the registrant’s 20192022 annual meeting of stockholders.


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

DECEMBER 31, 20182021 FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page No.

Page No.

CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

ii

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATIONRISK FACTORS SUMMARY

ii

PART IAVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

iv

Item 1.PART I

Business

1

Item 1A.1.

Risk FactorsBusiness

7

1

Item 1B.1A.

Unresolved Staff CommentsRisk Factors

17

11

Item 2.1B.

PropertiesUnresolved Staff Comments

17

24

Item 3.2.

Legal ProceedingsProperties

18

25

Item 4.3.

Mine Safety DisclosuresLegal Proceedings

18

25

PART II.Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

25

PART II.

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

19

26

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data<Reserved>

22

27

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

24

28

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

43

42

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

45

44

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

45

44

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

45

44

Item 9B.

Other Information

46

PART IIIItem 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

46

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

46

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

47

46

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

47

46

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

47

46

Item 14.

Principal Accountants Fees and Services

47

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

47

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

50

49

SIGNATURES

51

50

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.

F-1

i


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSSTATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, relating to our operations, expected financial position, results of operation, and other business matters that are based on our current expectations, assumptions, and projections with respect to the future, and are not a guarantee of performance. In this report, when we use words such as “may,” “believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “would,” “could,” “target,” or similar expressions, or when we discuss our strategy, plans, goals, initiatives, or objectives, we are making forward-looking statements.

We caution you not to rely unduly on any forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from what isthose expressed in the forward-looking statements, and you should review and consider carefully the risks, uncertainties and other factors that affect our business and may cause such differences as outlined but are not limited to factors discussed in the section of this report entitled “Risk Factors”. Specifically, we would like for youImportant factors that could cause our actual results to focus ondiffer materially from those indicated in the forward looking statements include, among others, the risks related to our business operations and strategy, including the risks related to our strategy execution in a competitive market; our ability to innovate and introduce technologies that are sufficiently disruptive to allow us to maintain and grow our market share,share; risks inherent in the reliability of our information technology systems; risks related to our information technology infrastructure’s cybersecurity in general, and criminal activity such as ransomware, other malware and data exfiltration or destruction in particular, which can impact our ability to consistently deliver uninterrupted service to our clients; our dependence on third parties for our cloud solutions; risks inherent in our transition to a work from home environment; our ability to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel at a price point that we can afford and our clients are willing to pay; our M&A activity, including our ability to identify, acquire and properly integrate acquired businesses in accordance with our strategy; the risk related to our international operations; the risks related to legal and regulatory impact on our operations, including rapidly changing laws that regulate our and our clients’ business, such as data privacy and data protection laws, regulatory changes impacting our healthcare businesses, financial and public sector specific regulations, our ability to comply with these laws timely and cost effectively; and the cost of wage and hour litigation in the United States; the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and post-pandemic economic and regulatory realities on our business and our clients’ business; and risks inherent toin our equity structure. structure including our controlling shareholder risk, and Delaware choice of dispute resolution risks.

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date that this report is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and we. We undertake no obligation to update them, except as may be required by applicable laws.law. Although we believe that our forward-looking statements are reasonable, they depend on many factors outside of our control and we can provide no assurance that they will prove to be correct.

RISK FACTORS SUMMARY

The following is a summary of the principal risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations (including revenue, profitability and cash flows). This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed descriptions of the risks and uncertainties included in Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors, and you should read this summary together with those more detailed descriptions.

Risk Related to Our Business Operations and Our Strategy

we may be unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy;
our markets are highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively;
we may be unsuccessful in adapting our service offerings to changes in technology and market expectations;
inflation and changes in the cost or availability of labor, energy and other operational necessities could adversely affect our results of operations;
the COVID-19 pandemic may adversely affect our business;
our operations are subject to new untested risks as our work from home delivery grows;
we may be unable to forecast demand, staffing levels, sites and our work from home delivery mix accurately;

ii

Table of Contents

a limited number of clients generate a large portion of our revenue;
we may be unsuccessful in recruiting, hiring, training, and retaining qualified employees to respond to client demands at the right price point;
our sales cycles can be long, which results in a long lead time before we receive revenue;
our growth of operations and geographic footprint expansion could strain our resources;
we may enter into transactions that adversely affect our business and create unanticipated risks;
third-party communication and data services may become more costly or may be subject to interruption;
the current trend to outsource customer care may not continue and the prices that clients are willing to pay for the services may diminish;
our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful;
we may be unsuccessful in expanding and maintaining service delivery in countries with stable wage rates or launching operations in new delivery locations required by our clients;
intellectual property infringement may adversely affect our ability to innovate and compete;
we have and may in the future incur impairments to goodwill, long-lived assets or strategic investments;

Risks Related to Our Technology

cyberattacks, cyber fraud, and unauthorized information disclosure could harm our reputation and result in liability and service outages;
our cloud platform may experience disruptions due to technology failures or cyberattacks;

Risks Related to Our International Operations

we face special risks associated with international operations;
our delivery model involves geographic concentration outside of the United States exposing us to significant operational risks;
we face new risks as we expand our operations into countries where we have no prior experience;
foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial results;

Risks Related to Legal, Compliance, Regulatory Matters and Contracting Practices

changes in laws or our failure to comply with laws and regulations could adversely affect our results of operations;
we face costs and risks from privacy and data protection laws and contractual obligations related to privacy;
wage and hour class action lawsuits could expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation;
legislation discouraging offshoring of service by United States companies or making such offshoring difficult could adversely affect our business;
income taxes may increase or adversely change, and we could have disagreements with tax authorities;
our tax liability may increase if our transfer pricing arrangements are determined to be inappropriate;
contract terms typical in our industry can lead to volatility in our revenue and in our margins;

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

our bylaws establish an exclusive forum for certain stockholder disputes;
Delaware law and certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management;
our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer controls a majority or our stock; and
our status as a “controlled company” could make our common stock less attractive.

iii

Table of Contents

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATIONINFORMATION

TTEC Holdings, Inc.’s principal executive offices are located at 9197 South Peoria Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112. Electronic copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements and any amendments to these reports are available free of charge by (i) visiting our website at http://www.ttec.com/investors/sec-filings/ or (ii) sending a written request to Investor Relations at our corporate headquarters or to investor.relations@ttec.com. TTEC’s SEC filings are posted on our corporate website as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.

You may also access any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549 (telephone number 1-800-SEC-0330); or via the SEC’s public website at www.sec.gov.

iiiv


PART I

PART I

ITEM 1.  

BUSINESS

BUSINESS

Our Business

TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”; pronounced “T-TEC”)is a leading global customer experience technology and services company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative solutionsas a service (“CXaaS”) partner for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. TTEC designs, builds, orchestrates, and delivers seamless digitally enabled customer experiences that are designed to increase brand value, customer loyalty, revenue, and profitability through personalized, outcome-based interactions. We help large global companies increase revenueclients improve their customer satisfaction while lowering their total cost to serve by combining innovative digital solutions with service capabilities that deliver a frictionless customer experience (“CX”) across different channels and reduce costs by delivering personalized customer experiences across every interaction channel and phasephases of the customer lifecycle as an end-to-end providerlifecycle.

The Company operates and reports its financial results of customer engagement services, technologies, insights and innovations. We are organized intooperations through two centers of excellence:business segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.

·

TTEC Digital is one of the largest pure-play CX technology service providers with expertise in CX strategy, digital consulting, and transformation enabled by proprietary CX applications and technology partnerships. TTEC Digital designs, builds, and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-drivenoperates robust digital experiences for clients and their customers through the contextual integration and orchestration of customer experience solutions.

relationship management (“CRM”), data, analytics, CXaaS technology, and intelligent automation to ensure high-quality, scalable CX outcomes.

·

TTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery at scale. The segment delivers omnichannel customer care, tech support, order fulfillment, customer acquisition, growth, and retention services with industry specialization and distinctive CX capabilities for hypergrowth brands. TTEC Engage is the Company’s global delivery center of excellence that operates turnkey customer acquisition, care, revenue growth, digital fraud preventionalso delivers digitally enabled back office and detection, andindustry specific specialty services including artificial intelligence (“AI”) operations, content moderation, and fraud management services.

TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together under our unified offering, HumanifyTM Customer Engagement as a Service,® CXaaS, which drives measurable customer results for clients through the delivery of personalized, omnichannel interactions that are seamlessexperiences. Our Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem of CX offerings, including messaging, AI, machine learning (“ML”), robotic process automation (“RPA”), analytics, cybersecurity, CRM, knowledge management, journey orchestration, and relevant. Our business is supported by 52,400 employees delivering services in 23 countries from 85 customer engagement centers on six continents.traditional voice solutions. Our end-to-end approachCXaaS platform differentiates the Companyus from competitors by combining service design, strategic consulting, technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration, and operational excellence and technology solutions and services.along with our decades of industry know-how. This unified offering is value-oriented, outcome-based and delivered to large enterprises, governments, and hypergrowth companies on a global scale across all fourscale.

During 2021, the TTEC global operating platform delivered onshore, nearshore and offshore services in 20 countries on six continents -- the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom – with the help of our business segments, two of which comprise TTEC Digital - Customer Strategy Services (“CSS”)65,000 consultants, technologists, and Customer Technology Services (“CTS”);  and two of which comprise TTEC Engage – Customer Growth Services (“CGS”) and Customer Management Services (“CMS”).CX professionals.

Our revenue for fiscal 20182021 was $1.509$2.273 billion, approximately 84%$414 million, or $1.27018% which came from our TTEC Digital segment and $1.859 billion, ofor 82%, which came from our TTEC Engage center of excellence and $239 million, or 16%, came from our TTEC Digital center of excellence.

Since our establishment in 1982, we have helped clients strengthen their customer relationships, brand recognition and loyalty by simplifying and personalizing interactions with their customers. We deliver thought leadership, through innovation in programs that differentiate our clients from their competition.segment.

To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to lead our clients with emerging CX methodologies, we continue to invest in innovation and growthservice offerings for both mainstream and high-growth disruptive businesses, diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting,technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services, data analytics, insights, and insights technologies, and technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.consulting.

1

We also invest in businesses that enable us to expand our geographic footprint, broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our global client base and industry expertise, tailor our geographic footprint to the needs of our clients, and further scale our end-to-end integrated solutions platform. In 2018,To this end we acquired Strategic Communications Services,have been highly acquisitive in the last several years, including recently agreeing to acquire certain citizen experience assets of Faneuil, Inc. that include healthcare exchange and transportation services contracts, expected to close in the first quarter of 2022. This acquisition, once closed, will expand our capabilities in the growing public sector market deploying investments to achieve technology-enabled citizen engagement solutions. We also completed an acquisition early in the second quarter of 2021 of a system integrator for multichannelprovider of Genesys and Microsoft cloud contact center platforms basedservices, which followed an acquisition in the United Kingdom.second half of 2020 of a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service provider and an acquisition in the first quarter of 2020 of an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider. In 2017,the previous year, we acquired Motif, Inc.,completed an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2019 of a digital fraud preventionprovider of customer care, social media community management, content moderation, technical support, and detection and content moderation services company basedbusiness process solutions for rapidly growing businesses in India and the Philippines, and Connextions, Inc., a U.S.-based health services company focused on improving customer relationships for healthcare plan providers and pharmacy benefits managers.early stages of their lifecycle.

We have developed tailoredextensive expertise in the automotive, communications, healthcare, financial services, national/federal and state and local government, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We target customer-focused industry leadersserve more than 750 diverse clients globally, including many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive hypergrowth companies.

Cybersecurity Incident

In September 2021, TTEC experienced a ransomware incident that temporarily disrupted the Engage business segment’s client support environment. Certain TTEC systems and data became encrypted and certain TTEC data was exfiltrated or destroyed. TTEC Digital business segment’s information systems and client environment were not involved in the Global 1000attack. TTEC activated its incident response and serve approximately 300business continuity protocols, notified law enforcement, took appropriate measures to restore its systems and was able to restore operations for many impacted clients globally.within hours of the start of the incident, with all client-facing systems returning to operations within five days of the incident.

We exercised reasonable efforts to identify data that may have been exfiltrated. We continue to monitor the situation, and we are not currently aware of evidence that exfiltrated data was publicly released. As of the date of this report, data involved in the incident has been analyzed for impact and notice obligations, and we provided appropriate regulatory and individual notices about the incident and its potential impacts.

With support from outside forensic experts, TTEC completed its investigation of root causes and impacts of the cybersecurity incident and is working to harden the security of its information technology environment and is taking measures to move to a ‘zero trust’ environment to protect its systems and its data.

The Company performed appropriate procedures to validate the accuracy and completeness of information involved in its financial reporting, and we have no indication that the accuracy and completeness of any financial information was impacted as a result of the incident.

The temporary operational disruptions that occurred due to this incident did not have a long-term impact on our results of operations. We made additional investments in the hardening of our cybersecurity environment and the operational governance of our information technology systems during the fourth quarter of 2021 and expect to make further investments in 2022. While the total amount of likely investment has not yet been determined, we anticipate that it will be at least $6 million in 2022 and beyond. The incident and any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable privacy laws in connection with this incident could result in government enforcement actions, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties, and private legal actions, which could impact our results of operations and expenses associated with the incident. In the first quarter of 2022, we have been served with certain lawsuits alleging data privacy failures, which are typical when cybersecurity incidents result in data exfiltration. Other actual and potential consequences of the incident may include negative publicity, loss of client trust, reputational damage, litigation, contractual claims, financial judgement or settlements in excess of insurance, and disputes with insurance carriers concerning coverage. See, Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors.

12


COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Early in second quarter of 2020, we transitioned approximately 80% of our employee population to a work from home environment. Those employees who were considered essential and could not operate effectively while working remotely, continued to work in our brick-and-mortar sites consistent with the recommendations on health and safety from the World Health Organization, the U.S. and European Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and local government regulations in jurisdictions where our customer experience centers are located.  As of the time of this disclosure, most TTEC employees continue to work from home, and we continue to evaluate when and to what extent they will return to our offices and customer experience centers. During 2021, we also took pro-active steps to ensure that TTEC was prepared to comply with relevant vaccination mandates and other safety measures in jurisdictions where we do business.

Our implementation of business continuity plans, rapid transition of employees to a work from home environment, and the geographic diversification of our customer experience delivery centers allowed us to mitigate potentially more severe impacts of COVID-19, positioned us to continue supporting our commercial and public sector clients without interruptions and provide them with additional support as they experienced surge volumes of customer, patient, and citizen COVID-19 related engagement.

Through the period ended December 31, 2021 the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material adverse impact on our operational or financial results. While we expect this positive trend to continue and some of our COVID-19 specific work has transitioned to more traditional business activities for the same clients, there continues to be uncertainty about our business as the pandemic continues around the globe, including the emergence of certain variant strains of the virus, and related business interruption; and as our clients plan for post-pandemic business realities including new ways of working, evolving use of technology, and inflationary pressures. We cannot accurately predict the severity of the economic and operational challenges of an on-going COVID-19 pandemic and post-pandemic changes on our clients’ businesses and their effect on the magnitude and timing of our clients’ buying decisions. Further, while to date we have been successful in managing service delivery from a highly disbursed employee population working remotely and our delivery sites that could not be replaced with work from home delivery, unpredictable business interruption decisions from government authorities in some jurisdictions where we do business, certain seasonal weather cycles and their potential impacts on power grid, and internet availability for our employees working from home may impact our delivery capability with little notice, thus potentially impacting our results of operations in the future.

Capital and Financing Availability

Our strong balance sheet, cash flowsflow from operations and access to debt and capital markets have historically provided us the financial flexibility to effectively fund our organic growth, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, incremental investments, and capital distributions.

We continue to return capital to our shareholders via semi-annual dividends and a stock repurchase program, as directed by the Board of Directors from time to time. As of December 31, 2018,through our cumulative authorized share repurchase allowance was $762.3 million, of which we have repurchased 46.1 million shares for $735.8 million. Our remaining repurchase allowance is $26.6 million which may be increased from time to time by our Board of Directors, in its discretion.  For the period from January 1, 2019 through February 28, 2019,  we have not purchased any additional shares.  Our stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.

dividend program. Given our cash flow generation and balance sheet strength, we believe cash dividends, and early returns to shareholders through share repurchases, in balance with our investments in innovationproduct and service innovations, organic growth, and strategic acquisitions, align shareholder interests with the needs of the Company. In 2015, ourAfter consideration of TTEC’s performance, cash flow from operations, capital needs and the overall liquidity of the Company, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy in 2015, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock, after consideration of, among other things, TTEC’s performance, cash flows from operations, capital needs and liquidity factors. The Company paid the initial dividendstock. Since inception in 2015, andthe Company has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in gradually increasing amounts ranging betweenfrom $0.18 and $0.28per common share in 2015 to $0.47 per common share in October 2021. In December 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a special one-time dividend of $2.14 per common share. On February 21, 2019,24, 2022, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a semi-annual dividend of $0.30$0.50 per common share, payable on April 18, 201920, 2022 to shareholders of record as of March 28, 2019.31, 2022.

3

Our Market OpportunityIndustry – Key Emerging Themes

Our end-to-end customer experience approach is designed to drive retention, affinity, growth, and customer protection, all with savings for our clients.  Our transition from multichannel to true omnichannel service requires agility and speed and TTEC’s integrated approach is growing in strategic relevance because of the following trends:

·

Accelerated Digital and Virtual Transformation – Before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, leading organizations were already transforming to a more digitized, virtualized future. The pandemic and related impacts on access to products and services and how organizations manage their customer interactions, exposed significant customer interaction technology and delivery deficiencies for many organizations across the world that were not digitized or agile enough to adequately support their customers. Organizations’ front-line operations and customer support infrastructure were too brick-and-mortar focused with limited non-voice digital customer interaction alternatives. Organizations are recognizing the growing importance of increased virtual delivery solutions and expanded and enhanced digital omnichannel capabilities. This development is expected to create accelerated demand for our demonstrated suite of CX product and service offerings to enable and support this transformation.

Increasing focus

Direct-to-Consumer (“DTC”) Revolution - The DTC revolution has created a new generation of disruptive brands with few barriers to entry. These emerging brands thrive on emotional connection and authentic customer engagementrelationships relying on trusted influencers and personalized service to sustain competitive advantage. — The abilitywin the hearts and minds of a growing customer base, one that requires an on-demand, curated buying experience. We believe DTC can enhance the value we provide to sustain a competitive advantage based on price or product differentiation has significantly narrowed given the speed of technological innovation. Asour clients as we design, build and operate our clients’ digital customer experience.
Evolution of Customer Behavior and CX Imperative - Yesterday's customer service experience is being replaced by today's direct experience, where brands deliver a personalized end-to-end journey. As customers become more connected and share their experiences across a variety of social networking channels, the quality of the experience has a greater impact on brand loyalty and business performance. We believe customersCustomers are increasingly shaping their attitudes, behaviors, and willingness to recommend or stay with a brand based on the totality of their experience, including not only the superiority of the product or service, but more importantly onalso the quality of their ongoing service and support interactions. Given the strong correlation between high customer satisfaction and improved profitability, we believe more companies are increasingly focused on selecting third-party partners such as TTEC,  thatwho can deliver an integrated, insights-driven strategy, service, and technology solutionssolution that increaseincreases the lifetime value of eacha customer.
CX Technology is Migrating to the Cloud - Cloud investment is expected to continue to grow significantly. The adoption of cloud technology to deliver omnichannel and other customer relationship versus merely reducing costs.

experience technology is still in its infancy. Our clients are embracing cloud-based CX technology solutions in a manner similar to how they seek cost-effective architecture and rapid deployment across other parts of their operations.

·

IncreasingEnterprises are Consolidating Partners - An increasing percentage of companies are consolidating their customer engagement requirementswallet with a few select partners who can deliver measurable business outcomes by offering an integrated, technology-richtechnology-enabled solution. — The proliferation of mobile communication technologies and devices along with customers’ increased access to information and heightened expectations are driving the need for companies to implement enabling technologies that ensure customers have the best experience across all devices and channels. These two-way interactions need to be received or delivered seamlessly via the customer channel of choice and include voice, email, chat, SMS text, intelligent self-serve, virtual agents and the social network. We believe companies Companies will continue to consolidate to third-party partners,their business partner relationships, favoring companies like TTEC, whothat have demonstrated expertise in increasing brand value by delivering a holistic, integrated customer-centric solution that spanssolutions spanning the entire customer experience from strategy through execution versus the time, expense and often failed returns resulting fromjourney, instead of inefficiently linking together a series of multiple point solutions from different providers.

solutions.

2


·

Focus on speed-to-market by companies launching new products or entering new geographicDelivery Shifting from Brick-and-Mortar to Work From Home – COVID-19 accelerated the shift of customer experience delivery from brick-and-mortar to work from home. While we expect a portion of work from home delivery to shift back to brick-and-mortar post-pandemic, a higher portion of delivery will remain in work from home locations. — As companies broaden their product offerings and enter new markets, they are looking for partners that can provide speed-to-market while reducing their capital and operating risk. To achieve these benefits, companies select us because of our extensive operating track record, established global footprint, financial strength, commitment to innovation, and our ability to quickly scale infrastructure and complex business processes around the globe in a short period of time while assuring a high-quality experience for their customers.

than pre-pandemic.

Our Strategy

We aim to grow our revenue and profitability by focusing on our core customer engagement operational capabilities, linking them to higher margin, insights and technology-enabled platforms and managed services to drive a superior customer experience for our clients’ customers. To that end we continually strive to:

·

Build deeper, more strategic relationships with existing global clients to drive enduring, transformational change within their organizations;

4

·

Pursue new clients who lead their respective industries and who are committed to customer engagement as a differentiator;

·

Invest in our global sales and marketing leadership team at both the segment level to improve collaboration and speed-to-market, and consultative sales level to deliver more integrated, strategic, and transformational solutions;

·

Expand into new geographic markets that give us access to new customers, partners, and delivery center capabilities;

Execute strategic acquisitions that further complement and expand our integrated solutions;

·

Invest in technology-enabled platforms and innovatinginnovation through technology advancements, broader and globally protected intellectual property, and process optimization,optimization; and

·

Work within our technology partner ecosystem to deliver best in classbest-in-class solutions with expanding intellectual property through value-add applications, integrations, services, and solutions.

Our Integrated Service Offerings Centers of Excellence and Business Segments

We haveprovide strategic value and differentiation through our two centersbusiness segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.

TTEC Digital is one of excellence that encompass our four operatingthe largest pure-play CX technology service providers with expertise in CX strategy, digital consulting and reportable segments.

TTEC Digital houses our professional servicestransformation enabled by proprietary CX applications and technology platforms. These solutions are criticalpartnerships. TTEC Digital designs, builds, and operates robust digital experiences for clients and their customers through the contextual integration and orchestration of CRM, data, analytics, CXaaS technology, and intelligent automation to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients.ensure high-quality, scalable CX outcomes.

Technology Services: Our technology services design, integrate, and operate highly scalable, digital omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, including journey orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.
Professional Services: Our management consulting practices deliver customer experience strategy, analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.

Customer Strategy Services Segment

Through our strategy and operations, analytics, and learning and performance consulting expertise, we help our clients design, build and execute their customer engagement strategies. We help our clientsTTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX managed services to better understand and predict their customers’ behaviors and preferences along with their current and future economic value. Using proprietary analytic models, we provide the insight clients need to build the business case for customer centricity and to better optimize their investments in customer experience. This insight-based strategy creates a roadmap for transformation.  We build customer journey maps to inform service design across automated, human and hybrid interaction and increasingly are developing and implementing strategies around Interactive Virtual Assistants (chat bots). A key component of this segment involves instilling a high-performance culture through management and leadership alignment and process optimization.

3


Customer Technology Services Segment

In connection with the design of the customer engagement strategy, our ability to architect, deploy and host or manage the client’s customer experience environments becomes a key enabler to achieving and sustaining the client’s customer engagement vision. Given the proliferation of mobile communication technologies and devices, we enablesupport our clients’ operations to interact with their customers across the growing array of channels including email, social networks, mobile, web, SMS text, voice and chat. We design, implement and manage cloud, on-premise or hybridend-to-end customer experience environments to deliver a consistent and superior experience across all touch points on a global scale that we believe result in higher quality, lower costs and reduced risk for our clients. Through our Humanify™ Technology Platform, we also provide data-driven context aware software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) based solutions that link customers seamlessly and directly to appropriate resources, any time and across any channel.

TTEC Engage houses our end-to-end managed services operations forinteraction delivery at scale. The segment delivers omnichannel customer care, revenue growth, digital fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services.

Customer Growth Services Segment

We offer integrated sales and marketing solutions to help our clients boost revenue in new, fragmented or underpenetrated business-to-consumer or business-to-business markets. We deliver or manage approximately $4 billion in client revenue annually via the discovery,tech support, order fulfillment, customer acquisition, growth, and retention of customers through a combination of our highly trained, client-dedicated sales professionalsservices with industry specialization and proprietary analytics platform. This platform continuously aggregates individual customer information across all channels into one holistic view so as to ensure more relevantdistinctive CX capabilities for hypergrowth brands. TTEC Engage also delivers digitally enabled back office and personalized communications.

Customer Management Services Segment

We design and manage clients’ front-to-back office processes to deliver just-in-time, personalized, protected, multi-channel interactions. Our front-office solutions seamlessly integrate voice, chat, email, e-commerce and social media to optimize the customer experience for our clients. In addition, we manage certain client back-office processes to enhance their customer-centric view of relationships and maximize operating efficiencies. We also perform fraud prevention andindustry specific specialty services including AI operations, content moderation, services to protect our clients and their customers from malevolent digital activities. Our delivery of integrated business processes via our onshore, offshore or work-from-home associates reduces operating costs and allows customer needs to be met more quickly and efficiently, resulting in higher satisfaction, brand loyalty and a stronger competitive position for our clients.fraud management services.

Customer Acquisition, Growth, and Retention Services: Our customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal experiences that we believe increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.
Customer Care, Tech Support, and Order Fulfillment Services: Our customer care, technical support, and order fulfillment services provide turnkey contact center solutions, including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints. 
Digitally enabled back office and specialty services: Our digital AI operations, content moderation, and fraud detection and prevention services provide clients with data tagging and annotation capabilities to train and enable AI platforms, community content moderation, and compliance to meet client content standards, and proactive fraud solutions to assist our clients in the detection and prevention of fraud.

Based on our clients’ requirements,preferences, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment andand/or on a discrete basis.

Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

5

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our differentiation liesTTEC is an industry leader in our integrated unified offering and our holistic approach to customer experience and engagement as an end-to-end provider of customer engagement services, technologies, insights and innovations. Humanify Customer Engagement as a Service includes customer strategy, technology services, customer management, growth and protections services. We also believe that our insight-driven technological solutions, innovative human capital strategies and globally scaled and deployed best practices in operational excellence are key elementsCX by leveraging the following competitive strengths:

Humanify®Technology Platform and Insights-Driven Technology Solutions - Innovation has been a priority since our inception 40 years ago. Our dedication and investment in transforming our business has differentiated our solutions portfolio and increased the value we deliver to our clients across the CX continuum. Our Humanify® Technology Platform delivers an ecosystem of integrated CX applications, including omnichannel contact center platforms, the largest CRMs and ERPs, as well as innovative technology solutions that we fully integrate into our clients' broader technology systems. The platform is based on secure, scalable public and private data centers, in both pure cloud, on premise, and hybrid environments. This architecture enables us to centralize and standardize our global delivery capabilities, resulting in scalability and improved quality of delivery for our clients, as well as lowering capital and information technology operating costs.

Fundamental to our continued industry leadership.

As the complexity and paceplatforms is our network of technological change required to deliver our omnichannel customer engagement increases, the successful execution of our principal corporate strategies depends on our competitive strengths, which are briefly described below:

·

Our industry reputation and leadership position reflecting more than three decades of delivering integrated customer engagement solutions to our clients;

·

Omnichannel, multi-modal solutions that meet the rapidly changing profile of the customer and their heightened expectations;

4


·

Scalable technology and human capital infrastructure using globally deployed best practices to ensure a consistent, high-quality service;

·

Tailored and optimized customer care delivery through the use of proprietary workforce hiring, award-winning training and development programs, and performance optimization methodology and tools; and

·

Commitment to continued investment and innovation that enhances the strategic capabilities of our clients.

Technological Excellence

Our Humanify Technology Platforms are based on secure, cost effective infrastructure – leveraging private/public infrastructure. This architecture enables us to centralize and standardize our worldwide delivery capabilities resulting in improved scalability and quality of delivery for our clients, as well as lower capital, and lower information technology (“IT”) operating costs.

The foundation of these platforms are our regionally-based, globally synchedglobal data centers, located on five continents. Our data centerswhich provide a fullyan integrated suite of voice and data routing, workforce management, quality monitoring, business analytics, storage, and storageinfrastructure security and fault-tolerance capabilities, enabling seamless operations from any locationlocations around the globe. This hub‘hub and spoke modelmodel’ enables us to provide our services at a competitive cost while increasingdelivering scalability, reliability, regulatory compliance, and asset utilization andacross the diversityfull suite of our service offerings. It also provides an effective redundancy for a timely responsesresponse to system interruptions and outages due to natural disasters, grid downtime, and other conditions outside of our control. We monitor and manage our data centers 24 x 7, 365 days per year from several strategically located global command centers to ensure the availability of our redundant, fail-over capabilities for each data center.

Importantly, this broad-based platform has become theaccelerated our time to market foundation for new, innovative offerings including TTEC’s cloud-based offerings (e.g.such as TTEC's cloud based Humanify® Operations/Insights Platform),Platform, Humanify® @Home for remote omnichannel agents, and our suite of human capital solutions.

Further, our Humanify® Technology Platforms leverage reference architectures for multiple scenariossolutions whether we are operating the platforms and the services, implementing customized platforms for clients, or providing advanced managed services and continuous and automated development environments. WeThey also provide clients with highly secure/compliant solutions with respect tofor regional (e.g. GDPR) and/, the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) or the California Consumer Protection Act (“CCPA”)), industry (e.g., the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI”), or the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HITRUST”)), or client specific industry standards (e.g. PCI, HIPAA, etc.), FedRamp or FISMA).

Innovative Human Capital Strategies

Our globally located, highly trained employees are a crucial component of the success of our business. We have made significant investments in proprietary technologies, management tools, methodologies and training processes in the areas of talent acquisition, learning services, knowledge management, workforce collaboration and performance optimization. These capabilities are the culmination of more than three decades of experience in managing large, global workforces combined with the latest technology, innovation and strategy in the field of human capital management. This capability has enabled us to deliver a consistent, scalable and flexible workforce that is highly engaged in achieving or exceeding our clients’ business objectives.

Globally Deployed Best Operating Practices

Globally deployed best operating practices assure that we deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our clients’ customers from any of our 85 customer engagement centers and work from home associates around the world. Standardized processes include our approach to attracting, screening, hiring, training, scheduling, evaluating, coaching and maximizing associate performance to meet our clients’ needs. We provide real-time reporting and analytics on performance across the globe to ensure consistency of delivery. This information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer inquiries, enabling us to proactively recommend process changes to our clients to optimize their customers’ experience.

Innovative Human Capital Strategies – Our global, highly trained employee base is crucial to the success of our business. We have made significant investments in proprietary technologies and management tools, methodologies, and training processes in the areas of virtual and non-virtual talent acquisition, learning services, knowledge management, workforce engagement and collaboration and performance optimization. These capabilities are the culmination of four decades of experience in managing a large, global workforce combined with the latest technology, innovation and strategies in the field of human capital management. This capability has enabled us to deliver a scalable and flexible workforce that is highly engaged in achieving and exceeding our clients' expectations.
Robust Technology Partner Ecosystem - Our strategic alliances with important digital channel partners enable our clients to deliver high-impact, personalized customer experiences more efficiently. We go to market with our Humanify® cloud offering with our key strategic partners including Cisco, LivePerson, Pega, Amazon and Genesys to continue to fuel AI-powered digital transformation.
Globally Deployed Best Operating Practices - Globally deployed operating best practices help us deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our clients' customers from any of our 71 global customer delivery centers and geographically disbursed work from home associate base. Standardized processes include our approach to attracting, screening, hiring, training, scheduling, evaluating, coaching, and maximizing associate performance to meet our clients' needs. We also provide real-time reporting and analytics on performance across the globe to help ensure transparency and consistency of delivery. This information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer inquiries, enabling us to proactively recommend process changes that optimize the customer experience.

56


Our global operating model includes customer engagement centers in 15 countries on six continents that operate 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. New customer engagement centers are established and existing centers are expanded or scaled down to accommodate anticipated business demands or specific client needs. We have significant capacity in the U.S., the Philippines, India, Mexico and Brazil to support customer demand and deliver superior cost efficiencies. We continue to explore opportunities in North America, Central Europe and Africa to diversify our client footprint enabling near-shore and off-shore locations that enable our multi-lingual service offerings and provide superior client economics.

Of the 15 countries from which we provide customer management solutions, 10 provide some services for onshore clients including the U.S., Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, Ireland, South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom. The total number of workstations in these countries is 19,275, or 45% of our total delivery capacity. The other five countries from which we provide customer management solutions, partially or entirely provide services for offshore clients including Bulgaria, India, Mexico, Poland, and the Philippines. The total number of workstations in these countries is 23,725 or 55% of our total delivery capacity.

See Item 1A. Risk Factors for a description of the risks associated with our foreign operations.

Clients

We develop long-term relationships with Globalclients globally, including many of the worlds’ iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and hypergrowth companies. These organizations are in customer intensive industries or sectors, whose business complexities and customer focus requiresrequire a partner that can quickly design and globally scalebuild integrated technology and data-enabled services.

services, often on a global scale. In 2018,2021, our top five and ten10 clients represented 35%38% and 49% of total revenue, respectively; and one of our clients, who is in the healthcare industry, represented 10.2% of our total annual revenue. respectively.

In several of our operating segments,offerings across TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage, we enter into long-term relationships that provide us with a more predictable recurring revenue stream. AlthoughIn our TTEC Digital segment, our CX cloud and managed services technology solution contracts have an average three-year term with penalties in the case a client terminates for convenience. In our TTEC Engage segment, most of our contracts can be terminated for convenience by either party, but our relationships with our top five clients have ranged from 1215 to 22 years including multiple programs and contract renewals for several of these clients. In 2018,2021, we had a 90% client109% revenue retention rate for the combined Customer Management Services and Customer Growth Services segments.TTEC Engage segment, versus 111% in 2020.

Certain of our communications clients provide us with telecommunication services through arm’s length negotiated transactions. These clients currently represent approximately 12%6% of our total annual revenue. Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent less than one percent1% of our total operating costs.

Competition

We are a leading global customer experience technology and services company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative solutionspartner for many of the world’s most iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive brands.hypergrowth companies. Our competitors vary by geography and business segment, and range from large multinational corporations to smaller, narrowly-focusednarrowly focused enterprises. Across our lines of business, the principal competitive factors include: client relationships, technology and process innovation, integrated solutions, digital and virtual delivery capabilities, operational performance and efficiencies, pricing, brand recognition, and financial strength.

Our strategy in maintaining market leadership is to prudently invest, innovate, and provide integrated value-driven services, all centered around customer engagement management. Today, we are executing on a more expansive, holistic strategy by transforming our business into higher-value offerings through organic investments and strategic acquisitions. As we execute, we are differentiating ourselves in the marketplace and entering new markets that introduce us to an expanded competitive landscape.

In our Customer Management Services business,TTEC Digital segment, we primarily compete with smaller pure-play technology and service providers and divisions of multinational companies, including Five9, LivePerson, InContact, Twilio, EPAM, Endava, Globant, GlobalLogic, Accenture, Cognizant, Infosys, among others.

In our TTEC Engage segment, we primarily compete with in-house customer management operations as well as other companies that provide customer care services including: Alorica, Sitel, Sykes, Synnex and Teleperformance, Telus International, Concentrix, TaskUs, 24-7 Intouch, Webhelp, Accenture, Genpact, Exl, among others. As

Regulations Relevant to Our Business

TTEC is subject to various domestic and international laws and regulations and permitting and licensing regimes (“Regulations”). These Regulations often change and require TTEC to devote resources and make investments to stay in consistent compliance. The narrative that follows summarizes some of the more important Regulations that impact our business; it is not intended as an all-inclusive list. In every jurisdiction where we expanddo business, TTEC has processes in place to monitor regulatory requirements and take reasonable steps to assure compliance.

Data Privacy. We are subject to data protection and privacy regulations in many of the countries where we operate, including the European General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR"), the California Consumer Protection Act ("CCPA") and other similar U.S. state-level data protection legislation, the Philippine Data Privacy Act (“Republic Act No. 10173”). Certain of our offerings into customer engagement consulting, technology,experience centers and growth, we are competingremote locations also require compliance with smaller specialized companiesHealth Information Trust Alliance (“HITRUST”) requirements, Health Insurance Portability and divisions of multinational companies, including Bain & Company, McKinsey & Company, Accenture, IBM, AT&T, Interactive Intelligence, LiveOps, inContact, Five9, WPP, Publicis Groupe, Dentsu,Accountability Act (“HIPAA”,) and others.

with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS), and other similar requirements.

67


Employees

Our people areTTEC maintains a cyber security and data privacy program designed to protect our most valuable asset. As of December 31, 2018,clients’, their customers’, and our employees’ confidential personal and sensitive information. We have invested in our cyber security capabilities to identify, detect, respond to and recover from cyber threats and attacks. These investments help us reduce our vulnerabilities to cyber incidents and minimize their impacts on our operations. They also support compliance with our contractual obligations and the laws and regulations governing our activities. We engage independent auditors to conduct general controls and business process (SOC1 and SOC2) assessments for technology solutions we had 52,400 employeesuse in 23 countries on six continents. Although a percentageour banking, financial services, and insurance (“BFSI”) and healthcare verticals. We also engage third parties to conduct vulnerability assessment and penetration testing of our Customer Management Services segment employeestechnology environments. See "Risk Factors — Uncertainty and inconsistency in privacy and data protection laws that impact our business, failure to comply with contractual obligations related to privacy, and high cost of compliance may impact our ability to deliver services and our results of operations.”

Work From Home Regulations. The transition to remote work due to the COVID-19 pandemic gave rise to new Regulations specific to work from home, which vary among jurisdictions and range from requirements to reimburse costs associated with remote work, to special health and safety mandates, and special government reporting requirements. To comply with these Regulations, TTEC updated its payroll practices and adopted new ways of working, including the use of secure virtual private networks to access service delivery applications, and remote monitoring and coaching of employees. As we were not always able to replicate in the work from home environment the physical controls we have in place at our customer experience centers, we agreed with our clients to implement certain additional controls. Employees that work from home are hired seasonallyrequired to attest to their understanding and compliance with these controls and with TTEC’s enhanced telecommuter policy that is designed to address new Regulations and the fourth quartermodified contractual requirements. TTEC works diligently with specialists to stay current on the rapidly changing regulatory environment, but the distributed nature of remote service delivery continues to represent heightened risks of security threats and first quarter highercompliance challenges and there can be no assurance that these risks can be fully contained. See "Risk Factors — As our work from home delivery grows, our operations are subject to new untested risks.

Other Regulations. TTEC is a labor-intensive business volumesthat is subject to complex labor and employment laws established by the U.S. Department of Labor, state and local regulatory bodies, and similar regulators in retail, healthcare and other seasonal industries, most remain employed throughout the year and work at 85 locations and through our @home environment. Approximately 66% of our employees are locatedjurisdictions outside of the U.S.  Approximately 10% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, most of which are mandated under national labor laws outside of the United States. These agreementsRegulations govern working conditions, paid time off, workplace safety, wage and hour standards, and hiring and employment practices.

Our global operations are subject to periodic renegotiationsvarious domestic and foreign anti-corruption mandates, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions where we anticipatedo business. As a U.S. company operating through non-U.S. subsidiaries, TTEC is subject to foreign exchange control, transfer pricing, cross-border tax Regulations, immigration and customs Regulations that they willprescribe how funds, goods, and people traverse between TTEC and our foreign subsidiaries. See "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our International Operations.

We believe that our operations are in compliance with relevant Regulations; but our compliance with Regulations may cause us to make additional capital and operational expenditures, the cost of which we may not always be renewed in the ordinary course of business without material impactable to pass to our businessclients through our pricing structures, and such additional investments could be material to our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. See "Risk Factors — Our results of operations may be impacted by changes in a manner materially different from other companies covered by such industry-wide agreements.laws, our failure to comply with laws and regulations relevant to our business.

Research, Innovation, Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology

We recognize the value of innovation in our business and are committed to developing leading-edge technologies and proprietary solutions. Research and innovation have been a major factor in our success and we believe that they will continue to contribute to our growth in the future. We use our investment in research and development to create, commercialize, and deploy innovative business strategies and high-value technology solutions.

We deliver value to our clients through, and our success in part depends on, certain proprietary technologies and methodologies. We leverage U.S. and foreign patent, trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws as well as confidentiality, proprietary information, non-disclosure agreements, and key staff non-competition agreements to protect our proprietary technology.

8

As of December 31, 20182021, we had 213 patent applications pending in 8 jurisdictions;pending; and own 82also hold 99 U.S. and non-U.S. patents in 11 jurisdictions that we leverage in our operations and as market placemarketplace differentiation for our service offerings. Our trade name, logos, and names of our proprietary solution offerings are protected by their historic use and, in addition, by trademarks and service marks registered in 29  countries.21 jurisdictions.

Human Capital Resources

Headcount Information:  As of December 31, 2021, TTEC had 65,000 employees, approximately 2,600 of whom are CX professionals serving TTEC Digital clients and approximately 62,400 of whom serve TTEC Engage clients. Approximately 44% of our employees are based in the Asia-Pacific region, 45% in North America (with 43% in the United States), 8% in Central and South America, and 3% in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) region.

Development and Training: Our 2021 Human Experience (HX) people strategy is focused on the attraction, development and retention of our employees through meaningful engagement and purposeful development. To support advancement of our employees and prepare them for demands of rapidly changing workplace and client requirements we offer career development focused programs, technologies, and resources. In 2021 we made significant investments in learning technologies and courseware, including a new talent management platform, TTEC Talenttm, that provides a streamlined and enhanced career management experience by combining learning, performance management and talent development into one platform. TTEC Talenttm houses a library of more than 10,000 courses that cover topics on general business acumen ranging from business operations, professionalism, leadership, ethics, finance, negotiations, and project management to subject-matter specific professional and technical curriculum. TTEC development programs help identify top performers, improve employee performance, engagement, and retention, and create promotion-from-within opportunities in the Company with 70% of our open positions filled by internal candidates in 2021.

Our Pay-for-Performance philosophy is fueled by ensuring employees receive ongoing regular coaching and development, and through TTEC Talenttm 95% of eligible employees completed check-ins with their manager focused on goals, priorities, and personal development on a quarterly basis.

Talent planning for executive roles is accomplished through a talent review and succession planning process. We evaluate all mid-level managers and above roles, determine top talent and successors and invest in their development to meet our growth goals.

In 2021, TTEC launched the second cohort of employees as part of our Talent Accelerator Program (“TAP”) and Leadership Development Internship program. The TAP program, originally launched in 2020, is designed to identify and attract new talent and prepare them for success within our organization. Each year the program recruits recently graduated candidates with diverse backgrounds in various fields relevant to TTEC ranging from technology to humanities who undergo a two-year rotational training through business functions and business segments. Our TAP program participants gain experience in finance, risk, human capital, IT, communications, marketing, sales, and operations, becoming fully immersed in the day-to-day operations of the Company. Once the program is completed, the TAP participants will be equipped with knowledge and experience necessary to progress as a manager in the Company.

9

Diversity & Inclusion:  TTEC believes that our culture of diversity and inclusion enables us to create, develop and leverage the strengths of our employee population to align with our client expectations and enable the Company’s growth objectives. To advance our diversity and inclusion objectives, TTEC formed the Diversity Council that combines representatives from different business segments and geographies who bring a diverse mix of backgrounds and perspectives. The Diversity Council includes special affinity groups such as Women in Leadership and Black Leadership Council to help unify us and make us stronger as one team. Our Diversity Council is a critical driver in fostering organizational change, establishing a dedicated focus on diversity, equity, and inclusion priorities identifying best practices and new opportunities, increasing awareness and education, providing leadership opportunities within TTEC to traditionally underrepresented employees, as well as holding the organization accountable in driving a culture that realizes TTEC’s vision of ‘bringing humanity to business’. The Company has adopted several metrics that focus on ensuring accountability for progress in diversity. The CEO, members of TTEC executive leadership team and other senior leaders have diversity and inclusion objectives embedded in their annual performance goals. As of December 31, 2021, 59% of the Company’s global workforce was female and 52% of employees in supervisory roles were female; 54% of the U.S. workforce were people of color and 37% of employees in supervisory roles were people of color.

Competitive Pay/Benefits and Pay-for-Performance Philosophy: Our pay-for-performance philosophy aligns our compensation with TTEC’s performance and with the returns that our stockholders receive from their investment in the Company. TTEC compensation programs are designed to provide appropriate incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees to achieve desired outcomes for our clients and our shareholders. Further, TTEC provides employees with a comprehensive benefits program that includes health insurance and important wellness programs, including nicotine abatement and mental health initiatives, as well as other programs that support employees’ physical, emotional, and financial health.

Workplace Safety: The health and safety of our employees is one of our top priorities. TTEC’s success depends on protecting our employees, visitors, clients and facilities, and our goal is to provide everyone that works for us and with us, a safe and healthy work environment. TTEC employees are required to complete health and safety training when they join the Company and are encouraged to report any concerns they have about health and safety in their work environment.

In 2020 we had to change how we work to address the COVID-19 pandemic and we took measures to transition most of our employees to a work from home environment. This arrangement continued through 2021. For sites that provided essential services and had to remain operational during the pandemic, we enhanced sanitation and safety protocols including increased cleaning frequency, additional signage, workstation reconfiguration for social distancing, personal protective equipment, contact tracing, shuttle services, and automated health attestations. During 2021 we also took pro-active steps to ensure that TTEC was prepared to comply with relevant vaccination mandates in jurisdictions where we do business.

Retention and Turnover:  Since TTEC business is people intensive, retention and reduction in turnover is a priority important to the financial results of our operations. Our turnover reduction efforts focus on market pay, trained management teams, development programs, career mobility, communication and the work environment and company culture that make an employee feel engaged, rewarded, appreciated, informed, and fulfilled in the organization.

Employee Engagement:  We continuously assess employee engagement by gathering employees’ sentiment (from frequent pulse surveys to annual engagement and eNPS surveys) that allow us to measure employee satisfaction, loyalty and measure our employees rational and emotional engagement with the organization. In 2021, about 35,000 of our employees responded to our annual engagement surveys. Based on these surveys our employee engagement ratings exceed Gallup's best-in-class engagement scores.

10

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORSFACTORS

In addition to the other information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties discussed in this section when evaluating our business. If any of these risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations (including revenue, profitability and cash flows) could be materially and adversely affected, and the market price of our stock could decline.

RISK RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND OUR STRATEGY

If we are unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy, our long-term business and financial prospects could be affected

Our growth strategy is based on continuous diversification of our business beyond contact center customer care outsourcing to an integrated CXaaS platform that unites innovative and disruptive technologies, CX consulting, data analytics, client growth solutions, and customer experience focused system design and integration enabled through industry focused client relationships, continuous technology innovation, scaled delivery footprint, CX partner ecosystem, and strategic M&A. Failure to successfully implement our business strategy and effectively respond to changes in market dynamics may impact our financial results of operations. Our investments in technologies and integrated solution development may not lead to increased revenue and profitability. If we are not successful in creating value from these investments, there could be a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our markets are highly competitive, and we mightmay not be able to compete effectively

The markets where we offer our services are highly competitive. Our future performance is largely dependent on our ability to compete successfully in markets we currently serve, while expanding into new, profitable markets. We compete with large multinational service providers; offshore service providers from lower-cost jurisdictions that offer similar services, often at highly competitive prices and more aggressive contract terms; niche solution providers that compete with us in specific geographic markets, industry segments or service areas; companies that utilize new, potentially disruptive technologies or delivery models, including artificial intelligenceAI powered solutions; and in-house functions of large companies that use their own resources, rather than outsourcing the customer care and customer experience services we provide. Some of our competitors have greater financial or marketing resources than we do and, therefore, may be better able to compete.

Further, the continuing trend of consolidation in the technology sector and among business process outsourcing competitors in various geographies where we have operations may result in new competitors with greater scale, a broader footprint, better technologies, or price efficiencies that may be attractive to our clients.clients and impact our business. If we are unable to compete successfully and provide our clients with superior service and solutions at competitive prices, we could lose market share and clients to competitors, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

7


If we are unsuccessful in implementing our business strategy, our long-term financial prospects could be adversely affected

Our growth strategy is based on continuous diversification of our business beyond contact center customer care outsourcing to an integrated customer experience platform that unites innovative and disruptive technologies, strategic consulting, data analytics, client growth solutions, and customer experience focused system design and integration. These investments in technologies and integrated solution development, however, may not lead to increased revenue and profitability. If we are not successful in creating value from these investments, there could be a negative impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our results of operations and ability to grow could be materially affected if we cannot adapt our service offerings to changes in technology and customermarket expectations, our ability to grow and our results of operations may be affected

Our growth and profitability will depend on our ability to develop and adopt new technologies that expand our existing offerings by leveraging new technological trends in technology and cost efficiencies in our operations, while meeting rapidly evolving client expectations. As technology evolves, more tasks currently performed by our agents may be replaced by automation, robotics, artificial intelligence,AI, chatbots and other technological advances,technology solutions, which puts our lower-skill tier one customer care offerings at risk. These technology innovations could potentially reduce our business volumes and related revenues, unless we are successful in adapting and deploying themtechnology profitably.

We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to our client expectations and interests in adopting evolving technology solutions, and their integration in our offerings may not achieve the intended enhancements or cost reductions. Services and technologies offered by our competitors may make our service offerings not competitive, or even obsolete, and may negatively impact our clients’ interest in our offerings. Our failure to innovate, maintain technological advantage,advantages, or respond effectively and timely to transformational changes in technology could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Cyber-attacks, cyber-fraud,11

While our business has not been materially adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic to date, it may be impacted in the future due to the resurgence of the virus in different variants, reluctance of employees to return to brick-and-mortar sites, or impact of the pandemic on our clients’ businesses

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Within weeks of this announcement, travel bans, the state of emergency, quarantines, lockdowns, “shelter in place” orders, and unauthorizedbusiness restrictions and shutdowns were issued in most countries where TTEC does business. These restrictions eased during the summer of 2020 and continued to eb and flow thereafter as the rates of COVID-19 infections, the emergence of new variants of the virus, the vaccine roll-outs and adoption impacted populations and healthcare directives in many parts of the world where TTEC does business. While TTEC was able to adjust to the impacts of the pandemic without material adverse impacts to our business through the end of 2021 and to date, we are unable to accurately predict the full impact the COVID-19 pandemic, and measures being taken to respond to its effects, will have on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows due to numerous uncertainties in the future.

Sporadic travel and other business restrictions triggered by COVID-19 related news around the world, changes in consumer behavior due to the pandemic and related unemployment, and supply chain distortions due to COVID-19 labor market disruptions are likely to continue to affect certain of our clients and their business volumes in 2022. Although our revenue from these clients did not decrease during the height of the pandemic as clients invested in their customer relationships to adjust to the changing business realities, there can be no assurance that this revenue will not be impacted on a going forward basis. We may also experience payment defaults or bankruptcy of some of our clients whose business has been disproportionately impacted by the pandemic, which could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operation.

The COVID-19 pandemic, global government-mandated restrictions on business adopted to contain it, and growing inflation due to pandemic related government subsidies may result in a global economic downturn, which could affect demand for our services and impact our results of operations and financial condition, even after the pandemic is contained and the business restrictions are lifted.

As our work from home delivery grows, our operations are subject to new untested risks

In connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, TTEC expanded its work from home environment and transitioned approximately 80% of our global workforce to work remotely; and most employees that we hired in 2020 and 2021 were hired to work from home. Although some of these employees will return to conventional delivery sites and offices, once the pandemic is under control, many of our employees may continue to work remotely for the foreseeable future. Certain jurisdictions where we do business have regulations specific to work from home, which add complexity and cost to our service delivery. Some of the services we provide are subject to stringent regulatory requirements, and our inability to continuously observe how our agents deliver services when working from home may impact our compliance. Service delivery from home, in certain of our lines of business, may also expose TTEC, our clients, and their customers to a heighten risk of fraud because our ability to detect inappropriate behavior early is impacted by limitation in our inability to continuously observe employees as they deliver services. Employees who work from home rely on residential communication networks and internet providers that may not be as resilient as commercial networks and providers and may be more susceptible to service interruptions and cyberattacks than commercial systems; which may also make our enterprise information disclosure could harmtechnology systems, when interfacing with these residential environments, vulnerable. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans, which have been historically developed and tested with focus on centralized delivery locations, may not work effectively in a distributed work from home delivery model, where weather impacts, network and power grid downtime may be difficult to manage and where system redundancies are not possible. Over the years, TTEC established strong operational and administrative controls over our business; and our controls, designed for brick-and-mortar environment, may not always provide effective safeguards for a large-scale work from home delivery model. We may not be effective in timely updating our existing controls nor implementing new controls, tailored to the work from home environment. For these and other reasons, our clients may be unwilling to continue to allow us to deliver our services remotely. If we are unable to manage our work from home environment effectively to address these and other risks unique to remote service delivery or if we cannot maintain client confidence in our work from home environment, our reputation cause liability, resultand results of operations may be impacted.

12

Remote work by majority of our employee population for an extended period of time may impact TTEC culture, and employee engagement with our company, which could affect productivity and our ability to retain employees who are critical to our operations. As the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic recede, some of our clients may wish to return to more traditional brick and mortar service delivery models. Meanwhile, our employees, many of whom prefer the new remote work model, may be unwilling to return to brick and mortar customer experience centers, thus disrupting our ability to deliver services. As our employees, our clients and the economy transition to post COVID-19 realities, we may be unable to accurately predict full impact on our operations, timely adjust our costs and service delivery patterns and that may impact our financial results of operations.

Inflation and changes in service outagesthe cost or availability of labor, energy, and losses, any of whichother operational necessities could adversely affect our results of operations

We are currently experiencing inflationary pressures on our operating costs. Competition for labor in many jurisdictions where we operate is becoming more acute and we have experienced increased labor costs as a result. Inflation could also lead to material increases in our other critical operating costs, such as cost of energy, third-party software and systems, real estate and other necessary supplies and services. Many of our long-term contracts do not allow for escalation of fees as our operating costs increase; and those that do allow for such escalations do not always allow increases at rates comparable to increases that we are experiencing now and likely to experience in the future. There is no assurance that we will be able to fully offset any cost increases through cost management or price increases, especially given the current highly competitive business process outsourcing and technology environments. Our clients are also experiencing inflationary pressures and faced with price increases may elect to take-over the delivery of some of the services that we historically perform for them. If we are not able to increase our pricing or otherwise offset our increased costs while maintaining our market share, our operating results and profitability could be adversely affected.

Our inability to forecast demand, staffing levels, sites and work from home delivery mix could impact our financial results of operations

Predicting customer demand, making timely staffing level decisions, investments in our customer experience centers and our work from home technologies are important to our successful execution and profitability maximization. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to achieve or maintain desired customer experience center site capacity utilization and work from home delivery mix, because quarterly variations in client volumes and client sentiment toward work from home delivery, can have a material adverse effect on our delivery platform and our utilization rates. The use of site utilization rate as a meaningful metric for business process outsourcing organizations is undergoing a review in light of the changes to the business introduced by the COVID-19 pandemic and transition of customer engagement center employees to work from home. If our utilization rates are below expectations and we are unable to right size our real estate commitments in the short term, our high fixed costs of operation, may cause our financial conditions and results of operations to be adversely affected.

Our business involvesThe social distancing rules and other government mandates that continue during the use, storage,sustained pandemic impacted the structure and transmission of information about our clients, customersconfiguration of our clients,large-scale facilities, where employees work in close proximity to each other. These new regulatory requirements forced TTEC to make investments to reconfigure our existing customer experience centers and to accept lower capacity utilization than the utilization priced under our employees. Whilemulti-year contracts. If we take reasonable measuresare unable to protect the security of and unauthorized access to our systems and the privacy of personal and proprietary information that we access and store, our security controls over our systems may not prevent the improper access to or disclosure of this information. Such unauthorized access or disclosure could subject us to liability under relevant law orrenegotiate our contracts to recoup these additional costs, manage these costs by continuing to maintain a large work at home delivery platform, or adjust our cost structure to absorb them, our margins and could harm our reputation resulting in loss of revenueprofitability will be impacted and loss of business opportunities.

In recent years, there have been an increasing number of high profile security breaches at companies and government agencies, and security experts have warned about the growing risks of hackers and cyber criminals launching a broad range of attacks targeting information technology systems. Our business is dependent on information technology systems. Information security breaches, computer viruses, interruption or loss of business data, DDoS (distributed denial of service) attacks, and other cyber-attacks on any of these systems could disrupt the normal operations of our contact centers, our cloud platform offerings, and our enterprise services, impeding our ability to provide critical services to our clients. 

We are experiencing an increase in frequency of cyber-fraud attempts, such as so-called “social engineering” attacks and phishing scams, which typically seek unauthorized money transfers or information disclosure. We actively train our employees to recognize these attacks and have implemented proactive risk mitigation measures to curb them. There are no assurances, however, that these attacks, which are also growing in sophistication, may not deceive our employees, resulting in a material loss.

While we have taken reasonable measures to protect our systems and processes from intrusion and cyber-fraud, we cannot be certain that advances in cyber-criminal capabilities, discovery of new system vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit such vulnerabilities will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our systems and the information that we manage and control, which could result in damage toadverse impact on our systems, our reputation and our profitability.results of operations.

8


Our need for consistent improvements in cybersecurity may force us to expend significant additional resources to respond to system disruptions and security breaches, including additional investments in repairing systems damaged by such attacks, reconfiguring and rerouting systems to reduce vulnerabilities, and resolution of legal claims that may arise from data breaches. A significant cyber security breach could materially harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

A large portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of clients and the loss of one or more of ourthese clients could adversely affect our business

We rely on strategic, long-term relationships with large, global companies in targeted industries.industries and certain agencies of the United States and state and local governments. As a result, we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from relatively few clients. Our five and ten largest clients collectively represented 35%38% and 49% of our revenue in 2018 while the largest2021, with one client represented 10.2%representing over 10% of our revenue in 2018.revenue.

Although13

While we have multiple engagements with all of our largest clients and all contracts are unlikely to terminate at the same time, the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 20202022 and 2023 and there can be no assurance that these contracts will continue to be renewed at all or be renewed on favorable terms. While our ongoing sales and marketing activities aim to add new opportunities with existing and new commercial and public sector clients, there can be no assurances that such additional work can be secured or that it would yield financial benefits comparable to expiring contracts. The loss of all or part of a major client’sclients’ business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations, if the loss of revenue wasis not replaced with profitable business from other clients.

We serve clients in industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one of our clients is acquired (including by another of our clients) our business volumevolumes and revenue may materially decrease due to the termination or phase out of an existing client contract, volume discounts, or other contract concessions which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we cannot recruit, hire, train, and retain qualified employees to respond to client demands at the right price point, our business will be adversely affected

Our business is labor intensive and our ability to recruit and train employees with the right skills, at the right price point, and in the timeframe required by our client commitments is critical to achieving our growth objective.objectives. Demand for qualified personnel with multiple languagemulti-language capabilities and fluency in English may exceed supply. Employees with specific backgrounds and skills may also be required to keep pace with evolving technologies and client demands. While we invest in employee retention, we continue to experienceour industry is known for high employee turnover and we are continuously recruiting and training replacement staff. Some of our facilities are located in geographies with low unemployment, which makes it costly to hire personnel, and in several jurisdictions, jurisdiction-specific wage regulations are changing rapidly making it difficult to recruit new employees at price points acceptable for our business model. Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel at costs acceptable under our contracts, our costs associated with attracting, training, and retaining employees, and the challenge of managing the continuously changing and seasonal client demands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Uncertainty related to cost of labor across various jurisdictions in the United States could adversely affect our results of operating

As a labor intensive business, weWe sign multi-year client contracts that are priced based on prevailing labor costsrates in jurisdictions where we deliver services. Yet, inIn the United States, however, our business is confronted with a patchwork of ever changingever-changing minimum wage, mandatory time off, paid medical and pandemic quarantine leaves, and rest and meal break laws at the state and local levels. As these jurisdiction-specific laws change with little notice or grace period for transition, we often have no opportunity to adjust and change how we do business andor pass cost increases to our clients.

The United States and other governments in jurisdictions where we hire employees adopted income support measures aimed at supporting citizens who lost their jobs due to COVID-19 pandemic. Although most of these support measures terminated in 2021, prolonged unemployment provided potential TTEC employment prospects with an opportunity to consider self-employment, employment outside of customer experience industry, or caused them to reconsider employment altogether. These comprehensive changes in many labor markets critical for our business may make it more difficult for us to hire a sufficient number of employees to deliver our contractual commitments. Inflationary wage pressures in many jurisdictions where we hire may make it difficult for TTEC to meet our contractual commitments on multi-year client contracts that do not have wage escalation provisions or may make such contracts not profitable.

The frequent changes in the law andlaws, inconsistencies in laws across different jurisdictions, instate and federal $15/hour+ wage and right to organize initiatives, supported by the United States,Biden administration and many state governments, may result in higher costs, lower contract profitability, higher turnover, and reduced operational efficiencies, which could, in the aggregate, have material adverse impact on our results of operations.

9


Our delivery model involves geographic concentration exposing us to significant operational risks

Our business model is dependent on our customer engagement centers and enterprise support functions being located in low cost jurisdictions around the globe. We have on the ground presence in 23 countries, but our customer care and experience management delivery capacity and our back-office functions are concentrated in the Philippines, Mexico, India, and Bulgaria and our technology solutions centers are concentrated in a few locations in the United States. Natural disasters (floods, winds, and earthquakes), terrorist attacks, pandemics, large-scale utilities outages, telecommunication and transportation disruptions, labor or political unrest, and restriction on repatriation of funds at some of these locations may interrupt or limit our ability to operate or may increase our costs. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans, while extensive, may not be effective, particularly if catastrophic events occur.

Our dependence on our customer engagement centers and enterprise services support functions in the Philippines, which is subject to frequent severe weather, natural disasters, and occasional security threats, represents a particular risk. For these and other reasons, our geographic concentration could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we procure business interruption insurance to cover some of these exposures, adequate insurance may not be available on an ongoing basis for a reasonable price.

Compliance with laws, including unexpected changes to such laws, could adversely affect our results of operations

Our business is subject to extensive regulation by U.S. and foreign national, state and provincial authorities relating to confidential client and customer data,  customer communications, telemarketing practices, and licensed healthcare and financial services activities, among other areas. Costs and complexity of compliance with existing and future regulations could adversely affect our profitability. If we fail to comply with regulations relevant to our business, we could be subject to civil or criminal liability, monetary damages and fines. Private lawsuits and enforcement actions by regulatory agencies could also materially increase our costs of operations and impact our ability to serve our clients.

As we provide services to clients’ customers residing in countries across the world, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal regimes on matters as diverse as import/export controls, communication content requirements, trade restrictions and sanctions, tariffs, taxation, data privacy, labor relations, wages and severance, health care requirements, internal and disclosure control obligations, and immigration. Violations of these regulations could impact our reputation and result in financial liability, criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and breach of our contractual commitments.

Adverse changes in laws or regulations that impact our business may negatively affect the sale of our services, slow the growth of our operations, or mandate changes to how we deliver our services, including our ability to use offshore resources. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets.

Our growth of operations could strain our resources and cause our business to suffer

We plan to continue growing our business organically through expansion, sales efforts, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our expenses and overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with focused growth may place a strain on our management systems, infrastructure and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff attrition which could impact our business and results of operations.

Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful

Our ability to improve or maintain our profitability is dependent on our ability to engage in continuous management of our costs. Our cost management strategies include optimizing the alignment between the demand for our services and our resource capacity, including engagement center utilization; the costs of service delivery; the cost of sales and general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenues, and the use of process automation for standard operating tasks. If we are not effective in managing our operating and administrative costs in response to changes in demand and pricing for our services, or if we are unable to absorb or pass on to our clients the increases in our costs of operations, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

10


Uncertainty and inconsistency in privacy and data protection laws that impact our business and high cost of compliance with such laws may impact our ability to deliver services and our results of operations

Recently, there has been a significant increase in data protection and privacy laws and enforcement in many jurisdictions where we and our clients do business. Some of these laws are complex and at times they impose conflicting regulatory requirements. For example, the recently enacted General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) expands the European Union’s authority to oversee data protection for controllers and processers of personally identifiable information collected in Europe; while the State of California in the U.S. imposed similar regulations with a different reach. Failure to comply with all relevant privacy and data protection laws may result in legal claims, significant fines, sanctions, or penalties, or may make it difficult for us to secure business. Compliance with these evolving regulations may require significant investment which would impact our results of operations.

Our financial results depend on our capacity utilization and our ability to forecast demand and make timely decisions about staffing levels, investments, and operating expenses

Our ability to meet our strategic growth and profitability objectives depends on how effectively we manage our customer engagement center capacity against the fluctuating and seasonal client demands. Predicting customer demand and making timely staffing level decisions, investments, and other operating expenditure commitments in each of our delivery center locations is key to our successful execution and profitability maximization. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to achieve or maintain desired delivery center capacity utilization, because quarterly variations in client volumes, many of which are outside our control, can have a material adverse effect on our utilization rates. If our utilization rates are below expectations, because of our high fixed costs of operation, our financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our sales cycles for new client relationships, andfor new lines of business with existing clients, and for public sector clients can be long, which results in a long lead time before we receive revenuesrevenue

We often face a long selling cycle to secure contracts with new clients or contracts for new lines of business with existing clients. When we are successful in securing a new engagement, it is generally followed by a long implementation period when clients must give notice to incumbent service providers or transfer in-house operations to us. There may also be a long ramp up period before we commence our services, and for certain contracts we receive no revenue until we start performing the work. If we are not successful in obtaining contractual commitments after the initial prolonged sales cycle, or in maintaining the contractual relationship for a period of time necessary to offset new project investment costs and appropriate return on that investment, the investments may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Contract terms typical in our industry can lead to volatility in our revenue and our margins14

Our contracts do not have guaranteed revenue levels. Mostgrowth strategy includes the expansion of our contracts requireofferings to public sector clients by contracting with new clients and through acquisitions. The procurement process for government entities is often more challenging than contracting in the private sector and is different from our standard Engage and Digital business practices, including upfront investment to provide monthly forecasts of volumes, but no guaranteed or minimum volume levels. Such forecasts vary from monthposition for opportunities and respond to month, whichrequests for proposal. If we are unable to manage our public sector business development effectively and are not successful in winning work, despite the investments we make, our public sector work can adversely impact our staff utilizations, our cost structure, and our profitability.

Many of our contracts have termination for convenience clauses with short notice periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation. Although many of our contracts can be terminated for convenience, our relationships with our top five clients have ranged from 12 to 22 years with the majority of these clients having completed multiple contract renewals with us. Yet, our contracts do not guarantee a minimum revenue level or profitability, and clients may terminate them or materially reduce customer interaction volumes, which would reduce our earning potential. This could have a material adverse effect on our resultsoperations.

Our growth of operations and makes it hardergeographic footprint expansion could strain our resources and negatively impact our business

We plan to make projections.

Manycontinue growing our business through the growth of clients’ wallet share, increasing sales efforts, geographic expansion, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our contracts utilize performance pricing that link some ofexpenses and overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with significant growth targets may place a strain on our fees to the attainment of performance criteria, which could increase the variability of our revenuemanagement systems, infrastructure, and operating margin. These performance criteria can be complex,resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and at times they are not entirely within our control.staff attrition. If we fail to satisfymanage our contract performance metrics, our revenue under the contracts and our operating margin are reduced.

11


We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and other terms of our client contracts, particularly on our long-term contact center agreements, are based on estimates and assumptions we make at the time we enter into these contracts. These estimates reflect our best judgments regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services but these judgments could differ from actual results. Not all our larger long-term contracts allow for escalation of fees as our cost of operations increase. Moreover, those that do allow for such escalations, do not always allow increases at rates comparable to increases that we experience due to rising minimum wage costs and related payroll cost increases. If and to the extent we do not negotiate long-term contract terms that provide for fee adjustments to reflect increases in our cost of service delivery, our business, financial conditions, and results of operation could be materially impacted.

Our pricing depends on effectiveness of our level of effort forecasts. Pricing of our services in our technology and strategic consulting businesses is contingent on our ability to accurately forecast the level of effort and cost necessary to deliver our services, which is data dependent and can be inaccurate. The errors in level of effort estimations could yield lower profit margins or cause projects to become unprofitable, resulting in adverse impacts on our results of operations.

Our contracts seldom address the impacts of currency fluctuation on our costs of delivery. As we continue to leverage our global delivery model, more of our expenses may be incurred in currencies other than those in which we bill for services. An increase in the value of certain currencies, such as U.S. or Australian dollar against the Philippine peso and India rupee, could increase costs for our delivery at offshore sites by increasing our labor and other costs that are denominated in local currencies. Our contractual provisions, cost management efforts, and currency hedging activities may not be sufficient to offset the currency fluctuation impact, resulting in the decrease of the profitability of our contracts.

Increases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities could adversely affectgrowth effectively, our business, financial condition, orand results of operations could be adversely affected.

We routinely consider strategic transactions and may enter into such transactions any time and such transactions may negatively impact our business and create unanticipated risks

We are subject to income taxescontinuously analyze strategic opportunities that we believe could provide value for our stockholders, and have acquisitions, divestitures, and potential business combinations in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws in any particular jurisdiction could reduce our after-tax income from such jurisdictions and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or resultsvarious stages of operations. Our operations outside the United States generate a significant portion of our income and many of the other countries in which we have significant operations, have recently made or are actively considering changes to existing tax laws. For example, in December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“2017 Tax Act”) was signed into law in the United States. While our accounting for the recorded impact of the 2017 Tax Act is deemed toactive review. There can be complete, these amounts are based on prevailing regulations and currently available information, and any additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could impact our recorded amounts in future periods.

Additional changes in the U.S. tax regime or in how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings, including changes in how existing tax laws are interpreted or enforced, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

There are no assurances, however, that we will be able to implement effective contracting structuresidentify strategic transaction opportunities that complement our strategy and are necessaryavailable at valuation levels accretive to optimize our tax position under the 2017 Tax Act. Ifbusiness.

Even if we are unablesuccessful in identifying and executing these transactions, they may subject our business to implement cost effective contracting structure, our effective tax rate andrisks that could impact our results of operations would be impacted.operation, including:

We face special risks associated with our business outside

Inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from the acquisitions;
Diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the United States

An important componentacquired businesses at the expense of ourdelivering results for the legacy business;

Inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business strategy is service delivery outside of the United Statesexpanded enterprise and our continuing international expansion. In 2018 we derived approximately 43%other unforeseen challenges of our revenue from operations outsideoperating the acquired business as part of TTEC’s operations;
Inability to retain key employees of the United States. Conductingacquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to be effective as part of TTEC operations;
Impact of liabilities or ethical issues of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence;
Failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, abroad is subjectbecause existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a varietysingle service provider or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition;
Impacts of risks, including:

·

inconsistent regulations, licensing and legal requirements may increase our cost of operations as we endeavor to comply with multiple, complex laws that differ from one country to another;

cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives;

·

uncertainty of tax regulations in countries where we do business may affect our costs of operation;

Inadequate or ineffective internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies; and

12

Reduced revenue and income and resultant stock price impact due to divestiture transactions.

·

special challenges in managing risks inherent in international operations, such as unique and prescriptive labor rules, corrupt business environments, restrictive immigration and export control laws may cause an inadvertent violation of laws that we may not be able to immediately detect or correct;

·

longer payment cycles and/or difficulties in accounts receivable collections particular to operations outside of the United States could impact our cash flows and results of operations;

·

political and economic instability and unexpected changes in regulatory regimes could adversely affect our ability to deliver services overseas and our ability to repatriate cash;

·

the withdrawal of the UK from the European Union (known as “Brexit”) created substantial uncertainty about the political and economic relationship between the UK and the EU, and the UK’s other trading partners which could, depending on future trade term negotiations, impact our European operations;

·

currency exchange rate fluctuations, restrictions on currency movement, and impact of international tax laws could adversely affect our results of operations, if we are forced to maintain assets in currencies other than U.S. dollars, while our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars; and

·

terrorist attacks or civil unrests in some of the regions where we do business (e.g. the Middle East, Latin America, the Philippines, and in Europe), and the resulting need for enhanced security measures may impact our ability to deliver services, threaten the safety of our employees, and increase our costs of operations.

While we monitorconsider these transactions to improve our business, financial results, and endeavor to mitigate timely the relevant regulatory, geopolitical, and other risks related to our operations outside of the United States, we cannot assess with certainty what impact such risks are likely to haveshareholder value over time, on our business, and wethere can providebe no assurance that we will always be able to mitigate these risks successfully and avoid adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Our profitability may be adversely affected if we are unable to expand and maintain our delivery centers in countries with stable wage rates and find new “near shore” locations required by our clients.

Our business is labor-intensive and therefore cost of wages, benefits and related taxes constitute a large component of our operating expenses. As a result, expansion of our business is dependent upon our ability to maintain and expand our operations in cost-effective locations, in and outside of the United States. Most of our customer engagement centers are located in jurisdictions subject to minimum wage regulations, which may result in increased wages in the future, thus impacting our profitability.

Our clients often dictate where they wish for us to locate the delivery centers that serve their customers, such as “near shore” jurisdictions located in close proximity to the United States, that have grown in popularity recently. There is no assurance that wegoals will be able to find and secure locations suitable for delivery center operations in “near shore” jurisdictions which meet our cost-effectiveness and security standards. Our inability to expand our operations to such “near shore” locations, however, may impact our ability to secure new and additional business from clients, and could adversely affect our growth and resultsrealized.

15

Increases in the cost of third-party communication and data services or significant interruptions in such services could adversely affect our business

Our business is significantly dependent on internet, data, and telephone internet and data serviceservices provided by various domestic and foreign third-party communication companies. Any disruption of these services could adversely affect our business. We have taken steps to mitigate our exposure to service disruptions by investing in complex and multi-layered redundancies focused on our customer experience center locations, and we can transition servicesservice delivery among our different customer engagementexperience centers around the world. Despite these efforts, and especially in light of the recent transition of a large portion of our delivery to a work from home environment where conventional redundancies strategies are ineffective, there can be no assurance that the redundancies we have in place would be sufficient to maintain operations without disruption.

13


Our inability to obtain third-party communication and data services at favorable rates could negatively affect our results of operations. Where possible, we have entered into long-term contracts with various providers to mitigate short term rate increases and fluctuations. There is no obligation, however, for the vendors to renew their contracts with us, or to offer the same or lower rates in the future, and such contracts may be subject to termination or modification for various reasons outside of our control. A significant increase in the cost of third-party communication services that is not recoverable through an increase in the price of our services could adversely affect our business.

DefectsThe current trend to outsource customer care may not continue and the prices that clients are willing to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affecting our business

Our growth depends, in large part, on the willingness of our clients and potential clients to outsource customer care and management services to companies like TTEC. There can be no assurance that the customer care outsourcing trend will continue; and our clients and potential clients may elect to perform in-house customer care and management services that they currently outsource. Reduction in demand for our services and increased competition from other providers and in-house service alternatives could create pricing pressures and excess capacity that would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our profitability could suffer if our cost-management strategies are unsuccessful

Our ability to improve or errorsmaintain our profitability is dependent on our ability to engage in software utilizedcontinuous management of our costs. Our cost management strategies include optimizing the alignment between the demand for our services and our resource capacity, including our customer experience centers’ utilization; investment in our work from home environment; the costs of service offeringsdelivery; the cost of sales and general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenues; and the use of process automation for standard operating tasks. Our ongoing cost management measures must be balanced against the need for investment to support our growth, technology transformation in our business, and increasing cybersecurity threats. The cost management measures are also being impacted by inflationary pressures in the economies where we run our business. If we are not effective in managing our operating and administrative costs in response to changes in demand and pricing for our services, if we manage our costs at the expense of investments necessary to grow and protect our business, or if we are unable to absorb or pass on to our clients the increases in our costs of operations, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our profitability may be adversely affected if we are unable to expand and maintain service delivery in countries with stable wage rates and launch operations in new delivery locations required by our clients

Our business is labor-intensive and therefore cost of wages, benefits, and related taxes constitute a large component of our operating expenses. As a result, our growth is dependent upon our ability to maintain and expand our operations in cost-effective locations, in and outside of the United States.

Our clients often dictate locations from where they wish for us to serve their customers, such as “near shore” jurisdictions located in close proximity to the U.S., to a headquarter location of the client, or in specific locations elsewhere in the world. There is no assurance that we will be able to effectively launch operations in jurisdictions which meet our cost-effectiveness, labor availability, and security standards.

16

Our inability to expand our operations to such locations, however, may impact our ability to secure new clients and additional business from existing clients, and could adversely affect our business.growth and results of operations.

The third-party softwareIntellectual property infringement may adversely impact our ability to innovate and systems that we use to conduct our business and serve our clients are highly complex and may, from time to time, contain design defects, coding errors or other software errors that may be difficult to detect or correct, and which are outside of our control. Although our commercial agreements contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential claims and liabilities, these provisionscompete

Our intellectual property may not always effectively protect us against claims in all jurisdictions. As a result, problems with software and systems that we use may result in damages to our clients for which we are held responsible, causing damage to our reputation, adversely affecting our business, our results of operations, and financial condition.

Restrictions on mobility of people across borders may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients

Our business depends on the ability of some of our employees to obtain the necessary visas and entry permits to do business in the countries where our clients and contact centers are located. In recent years, in response to terrorist attacks and global unrest, immigration authorities generally, and those inreceive favorable treatment from the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the European Patent Office, or similar foreign intellectual property adjudication and registration agencies; and our “patent pending” intellectual property may not receive a patent or may be subject to prior art limitations.

The lack of an effective legal system in particular, have increased the level of scrutiny in granting such visas, and even imposed bans on immigration and commercial travel for citizens of certain countries. If further terrorist attacks occur or global unrest intensifies, these restrictions are likely to further increase. Furthermore, immigration laws in most countries where we do business are subjector lack of commitment to legislative change and varying standardsprotection of application and enforcement due to political forces, economic conditions or other events unrelated to our operations. If we are unable to obtain the necessary visas for our personnel with need to travel to orintellectual property rights, may prevent us from the United States in a timely manner, we may not bebeing able to continuedefend our intellectual property and related technology against infringement by others, leading to provide services on a timely and cost-effective basis, receive revenues as early as expected or manage our customer engagement centers efficiently. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As our reliance on advance technology for services that we provide increases, so is the risk of infringement or claims of infringement of intellectual property rights of others. If the transfer pricing arrangements we have among our subsidiaries are determined to be inappropriate, our tax liability may increase

We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales, and delivery functions. U.S., Australia, Mexico, Philippines and other transfer pricing regulations in other countries where we operate, require that cross-border transactions between affiliates be on arm’s-length terms. We carefully consider the pricing among our subsidiaries to assure that they are at arm’s-length. If tax authorities were to determine that the transfer prices and terms we have applied are not appropriate, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties, which would cause material increase in our tax liability, thereby impacting our profitability and cash flows, and potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on our operations, effective tax rate and financial condition.

Our strategy of growing through acquisitions may impact our business in unexpected ways

Our growth strategy involves acquisitions that help us expand our service offerings and diversify our geographic footprint. We continuously evaluate acquisition opportunities, but there are no assurances that we will be able to identify acquisition targets that complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels accretive to our business.

Even if we are successful in making acquisitions, the acquired businesses may subject our business to risks that may impactdefending against such claims, our results of operation; including:  operations may be impacted.

·

inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from the acquisitions;

14


·

diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of delivering results for the legacy business;

·

inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of TTEC’s operations;

·

inability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to be effective as part of TTEC operations;

·

impact of liabilities of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence;

·

failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single supplier or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition;

·

impacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives; and

·

internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies may be inadequate or ineffective.

We have incurred and may in the future incur impairments to goodwill, long-lived assets or strategic investments

As a result of past acquisitions, as of December 31, 2018,2021, we have approximately $204.6$739.5 million of goodwill and $80.9$212.3 million of intangible assets included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We review our goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least once annually, and more often when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We perform an assessment of qualitative and quantitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill or intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. In the event that the book value of goodwill or intangible asset is impaired, such impairment would be charged to earnings in the period when such impairment is determined. We have recorded goodwill and intangible impairments in the past, and there can be no assurance that we will not incur impairment charges in the future that could have material adverse effects on our financial condition or results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR TECHNOLOGY

If we are unable to attractCyberattacks, cyber fraud, and retain talentedunauthorized information disclosure could harm our reputation, and experienced executives for key positionsresult in our business, our businessliability and our strategy execution could be adversely impacted

Our business success depends on contributionsservice outages, any of senior management and key personnel. Our ability to attract, motivate and retain key senior management staff is conditioned on our ability to pay adequate compensation and incentives. We compete for top senior management candidates with other, often larger, companies that at times have access to greater resources. Our ability to attract qualified individuals for our senior management team is also impacted by our requirement that members of senior management sign non-compete agreements as a condition to joining TTEC. If we are not able to attract and retain talented and experienced executives, we would be unable to compete effectively, and our growth may be limited, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and prospects.

Intellectual property infringement by us and by others may adversely impact our ability to innovate and compete

Our solutions could infringe intellectual property of others impacting our ability to deploy them with clients. From time to time, we and members of our supply chain receive assertions that our service offerings or technologies infringe on the patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties. While to date we have been successful in defending such claims and many of these claims are without basis, the claims could require us to cease activities, incur expensive licensing costs, or engage in costly litigation, which could adversely affect our business and results of operation.operations

Our business involves the use, storage, and transmission of information about our clients, their customers, and our employees. We also monitor and support information systems for certain clients through cloud-based and on-client-premises managed services model. While we believe that we take reasonable measures to protect the security of and unauthorized access to our systems and to our clients’ systems, and the privacy of personal and proprietary information that we access and store, our security controls over our systems have not prevented and in the future may not prevent improper access to these systems or disclosure of information stored on these systems. Such unauthorized access or disclosure could subject TTEC to significant liability under relevant law or our contracts and could harm our reputation, resulting in impacts on our results of operations, loss of future revenue and business opportunities. These risks may further increase as our business model now includes higher percentage of work from home delivery, in addition to our traditional delivery through customer experience centers.

1517


In recent years, there have been an increasing number of high-profile security breaches at companies and government agencies, and security experts have warned about the growing risks of hackers, cybercriminals and state actors launching a broad range of ransomware, data exfiltration, and other cyberattacks targeting information technology systems. Information security breaches, computer viruses, service interruption, loss of business data, DDoS (distributed denial of service) attacks, ransomware and other cyberattacks on any of our systems or on our clients’ systems that we manage have or in the future could disrupt the normal operations of our customer experience centers, our remote customer experience service delivery, our cloud platform digital offerings, our clients’ on-premise managed service offerings, and our enterprise services, impeding our ability to provide critical services to our clients. Techniques used by cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade services, or sabotage systems evolve frequently and may not immediately be detected, and we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures.

For example, on September 12, 2021, TTEC experienced a cybersecurity incident that involved our information systems. Certain TTEC systems and data became encrypted; and certain TTEC data was exfiltrated or destroyed. The incident resulted in a temporary disruption to the Engage business segment’s client support environment TTEC restored and rebuilt many of the systems and data impacted in the incident. TTEC recovered exfiltrated data from the unauthorized parties, and while we currently have no reasons to believe that such data was publicly released, no assurance can be made that it was not released or that it may not be released in the future. We provided notices to those whose data was involved in the incident and are providing customary credit and other support to individuals involved. We also provided appropriate regulatory notices in connection with the incident. As a result of the incident, some clients reduced or terminated services we are providing to them, while some opted to temporarily suspend our access to their networks as a security precaution until they were satisfied that the incident was contained (see Part I, Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information regarding the security incident).

As another example, on July 2, 2021, our subsidiary Avtex Solutions, LLC (“Avtex”) and some of its clients experienced a ransomware attack as part of a global supply chain compromise that impacted thousands of companies worldwide and is believed to have been orchestrated by a Russian-based REvil cybercriminal group. The attack exploited a vulnerability in a Kaseya VSA remote monitoring software that Avtex utilized in its managed services solution (“Kaseya REvil attack”). TTEC systems and TTEC’s client support environments, outside of Avtex, were not impacted by the Kaseya REvil attack. TTEC recovered Avtex’s operating environment and restored Avtex to full operating capacity by July 3, 2021, and supported its clients in their recovery

While we believe that we have remediated the immediate consequences of these cybersecurity incidents, cybersecurity events may have cascading effects that unfold over time and result in additional costs, including costs associated with investigations, government enforcement actions, regulatory investigations, fines and penalties, contractual claims, performance penalties, litigation, financial judgement or settlements in excess of insurance, disputes with insurance carriers concerning coverage, loss of clients’ trust, future business cancelations and other losses. Any perception by existing and prospective clients that our systems or the information system environments that we support for our clients are not secure could result in a material loss of business and revenue and damage our reputation and competitiveness.

As others in many industries, we are experiencing an increase in frequency of cybersecurity and cyber fraud attempts, including phishing attempts, and so-called “social engineering” attacks, which typically seek unauthorized access into the environment, money transfers or unauthorized information disclosure. We actively train our employees to recognize these attacks and have implemented proactive risk mitigation measures to curb them. There are no assurances, however, that these attacks, which are growing in sophistication and frequency, may not deceive our employees, resulting in a material loss and impacts to our operations and back-office environments.

While we believe we have taken reasonable measures to protect our systems and processes from unauthorized intrusions and cyber-fraud, we cannot be certain that advances in cyber-criminal capabilities, discovery of new system vulnerabilities, and attempts to exploit such vulnerabilities will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our systems and the information that we manage and control, which could result in damage to our systems, our reputation, and our profitability.

18

If our cloud platform experiences disruptions due to technology failures or cyberattacks and if we fail to correct such impacts promptly, our business will be materially impacted

Our intellectual propertycloud platforms and third-party software and systems that we use to serve our clients are complex and may, from time to time have service interruptions, contain design defects, configuration or coding errors, and other vulnerabilities that may be difficult to detect or correct, and which may be outside of our control. Although our commercial agreements limit our exposure from such occurrences, they may not always receive favorable treatment fromeffectively protect us against claims in all jurisdictions and against third-party claims. If our clients’ business is damaged, our reputation could suffer, we could be subject to contract termination and payments for damages, adversely affecting our business, our reputation, our results of operations and financial condition.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

We face special risks associated with international operations

An important component of our business strategy is service delivery outside of the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the European Patent Office or similar foreign intellectual property adjudication and registration agencies; and our “patent pending” intellectual propertycontinuing international expansion. During 2021, we derived approximately 33% of our revenue from operations outside of the U.S. Conducting business abroad is subject to a variety of risks, including:

inconsistent regulations, licensing requirements, prescriptive labor rule, corrupt business practices, restrictive export control and immigration laws may result in inadvertent violation of laws that we may not be able to immediately detect or correct; and may increase our cost of operations as we endeavor to comply with laws that differ from one country to another;
uncertainty of tax regulations in countries where we do business may affect our costs of operation;
longer payment cycles could impact our cash flows and results of operations;
political and economic instability and unexpected changes in regulatory regimes could adversely affect our ability to deliver services overseas and our ability to repatriate cash;
the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union (known as “Brexit”) added complexity and cost to provision of services and movement of people across UK, Ireland and continental members of the European Union, which could impact our European operations and our operations in the UK;
currency exchange rate fluctuations, restrictions on currency movement, and impact of international tax laws could adversely affect our results of operations, if we are forced to maintain assets in currencies other than U.S. dollars, while our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars;
infrastructure challenges and lack of sophisticated disaster and pandemic preparedness in some countries where we do business may impact our service delivery; and
terrorist attacks or civil unrest in some of the regions where we do business, and the resulting need for enhanced security measures may impact our ability to deliver services, threaten the safety of our employees, and increase our costs of operations.

While we monitor and endeavor to mitigate in a timely manner the relevant regulatory, geopolitical, and other risks related to our operations outside of the United States, we cannot assess with certainty what impact such risks are likely to have over time on our business, and we can provide no assurance that we will always be able to mitigate these risks successfully and avoid adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

19

Our delivery model involves geographic concentration outside of the United States exposing us to significant operational risks

Our customer engagement delivery and our back-office functions are concentrated in the Philippines, Mexico, India, and Bulgaria. Our business model is dependent on our ability to locate at least some of our customer engagement service delivery and enterprise support functions in low-cost jurisdictions around the globe. Our dependence on our customer engagement centers and enterprise support functions in the Philippines and Mexico, which are subject to frequent severe weather, natural disasters, health and security threats, and arbitrary government actions represents a particular risk. Natural disasters (floods, winds, and earthquakes), terrorist attacks, pandemics, large-scale utilities outages, telecommunication and transportation disruptions, labor or political unrest, and restriction on repatriation of funds at some of these locations may interrupt or limit our ability to operate or may increase our costs. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans, while extensive, may not receive a patent or may be subject to prior art limitations.effective, particularly if catastrophic events occur.

The lackFor these and other reasons, our geographic concentration in locations outside of an effective legal systemthe United States could result in certain countries where we do business or lack of commitment to protection of intellectual property rights, may prevent us from being able to defend our intellectual property and related technology against infringement by others, leading to a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we procure business interruption insurance to cover some of these exposures, adequate insurance may not be available on an ongoing basis for a reasonable price.

We may face new risks as we expand our operations into countries where we have no prior experience

At times, our clients ask us to establish new operations quickly in countries where we previously have not done business. New market entry is fraught with operational, security, regulatory compliance, safety, and corruption risks, and these risks are exacerbated when new operations are launched quickly. TTEC has extensive experience in new market entry around the globe, but there can no assurances that new operations in new countries would not result in financial condition.loses and operational instability. If we elect not to follow our clients to markets where they wish to have services, we may lose lucrative contracts, including contracts in multiple jurisdictions where we have experience, to competitors who are already established in the markets new to us, which would impact our financial results of operations.

Our financial results may be adversely impacted by foreign currency exchange rate risk

Many contracts that we service from customer engagement centers or employees working from home based outside of the United States are typically priced, invoiced, and paid in U.S. and Australian dollars, the British pound or Euros, while the costs incurred to deliver thethese services and operate are incurred in the functional currencies of the applicable operating subsidiary.country of operations. The fluctuations between the currencies of the contract and operating currencies present foreign currency exchange risks. Furthermore, because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, but approximately 23%14% of our revenue is derived from contracts denominated in other currencies, our results of operations could be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies.

While we hedge at various levels against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to continue to successfully manage this foreign currency exchange risk and avoid adverse impacts on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The current trendRISKS RELATED TO LEGAL, COMPLIANCE, REGULATORY MATTERS AND CONTRACTING PRACTICES

Our results of operations may be impacted by changes in laws, our failure to outsource customer care may not continuecomply with laws and the prices that clients are willingregulations relevant to pay for the services may diminish, adversely affecting our business

Our growth depends,business is subject to extensive, and at times conflicting, regulations by the United States, state, local, foreign national, and provincial authorities relating to confidential client and customer data, data privacy, customer communications, telemarketing practices, licensed healthcare, financial services, collections, and gaming/gambling support activities, trade restrictions and sanctions, tariffs, import/export controls, taxation, labor regulations, wages and severance, health care requirements, disclosure obligations, and immigration among other areas.

20

As we provide services to clients’ customers residing in large part,countries where we do not have operations on the willingnessground, we may also be subject to laws and regulations of these countries. Costs and complexity of compliance with existing and future regulations that could apply to our business may adversely affect our profitability; and if we fail to comply with these mandates, we could be subject to contractual, civil and criminal liability, monetary damages and fines. Enforcement actions by regulatory agencies could also materially increase our costs of operations and impact our ability to serve our clients.

Adverse changes in laws or regulations that impact our business may negatively affect the sale of our clientsservices, slow the growth of our operations, or mandate changes to how we deliver our services, including our ability to use offshore resources. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets.

Uncertainty and potential clientsinconsistency in privacy and data protection laws that impact our business, failure to outsource customer carecomply with contractual obligations related to privacy, and managementhigh cost of compliance may impact our ability to deliver services to companies like TTEC. There can be no assurance thatand our results of operations

During the customer care outsourcing trend will continue;last several years, there has been a significant increase in data protection and privacy regulations and enforcement activity in many jurisdictions where we and our clients do business. These new regulations are often complex and potential clientsat times they impose conflicting requirements among different jurisdictions that we serve. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) imposes data protection requirements for controllers and processers of personally identifiable information collected in Europe, while the California Consumer Privacy Protection Act (CCPA), and other similar acts in Illinois, and New York, and Massachusetts in the United States imposed similar regulations protecting state residents with a different reach. Well-publicized security breaches have led to enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the measures being taken by companies to protect against cyberattacks and may electin the future result in heightened cybersecurity requirements, including additional regulatory expectations for oversight of vendors and service providers. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and their customers data, whether through breach of our systems or otherwise, could expose us to perform in-house customer carecostly litigation and management servicescause us to lose clients. For example, the U.S. government may impose new federal data privacy and regulation mandates as part of Biden Administration agenda in 2022. Failure to comply with all privacy and data protection laws that they currently outsource. Reduction in demand for our services and increased competition from other providers and in-house service alternatives would create pricing pressures and excess capacity that could have an adverse effect onare relevant to different parts of our business financial condition, andmay result in legal claims, significant fines, sanctions, or penalties, or may make it difficult for us to secure business or efficiently serve our clients. Compliance with these evolving regulations may require significant investment which would impact our results of operations.

Wage and hour class action lawsuits targeting our business can expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation

The contact center industry in the United States is a target of plaintiffs’ law firms that specialize in wage and hour class action lawsuits against large employers by soliciting potential plaintiffs including current and former employees, with billboard and social media advertising. The plaintiff law firms seek large settlements based entirely on the number of potential plaintiffs in a class, whether or not there is any basis for the claims that they make on behalf of their clients, most of whom do not believe themselves to be aggrieved nor seek recourse until solicited. The cost of defending litigation for these large class action lawsuits has been and will continue to be significant. Because TTEC hires large numbers of employees in the United States and our industry has large turnover, the potential size of plaintiffs’ classes in these wage and hour lawsuits can be considerable, creating a material impact on the cost of operations. As we continue to hire more employees in the United States, and expand our operations to California, where the number of wage and hour class action lawsuits is larger than in many other states combined and where verdicts in these lawsuits are very large, our results of operations may be material impacted by these lawsuits.

21

Legislation discouraging offshoring of service by U.S.United States companies or making such offshoring difficult could significantly affect our business

A perceived association between offshore service providers and the loss of jobs in the United States has been a focus of political debate in recent years. As a result, current and prospective clients may be reluctant to hire offshore service providers like TTEC to avoid negative perceptions and regulatory scrutiny. If they seek customer care and management capacity onshore that was previously available to them through outsourcers outside of the United States, they may elect to perform these services in-house instead of outsourcing the services onshore. Possible tax incentives for U.S. businesses to return offshored including outsourced and offshored, services to the U.S.United States could also impact our clients’ continuing interest in using our services.

Legislation aimed to expand protections for U.S. and European based customers from having their personal data accessible outside of the United Statestheir home jurisdictions, could also impact offshoreoffshored outsourcing opportunities by requiring notice and consent as a condition for sharing personal identifiable information with foreign service providers based outsidedelivery personnel. Further, the U.S. government’s reputation for use of individuals’ personal information for national security purposes without individuals’ consent, caused restrictions on transfer to the United States.States for processing of customers and customers’ data in several countries (e.g., Canada). Any material changes in current trends among U.S. basedour clients to use services outsourced and delivered offshore or to transfer information outside of the home country for processing would materially impact our business and results of operations.

Health epidemicsIncreases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities could disrupt our business and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations

Our customer engagement centers typically seat hundreds of employeesWe are subject to income taxes in one location. Accordingly, an outbreak of a contagious infectionthe United States and in one or more of the locationscertain foreign jurisdictions in which we dooperate. Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws in any particular jurisdiction could reduce our after-tax income from such jurisdictions and could adversely affect our business, may result infinancial condition or results of operations. Our operations outside the U.S. generate a significant worker absenteeism, lower capacity utilization rates, voluntary or mandatory closureportion of our customer engagement centers, travel restrictionsincome and many of the other countries in which we have significant operations, have recently made or are actively considering changes to existing tax laws that could significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings.

The Biden administration has called for changes to fiscal and tax policies, which may include comprehensive tax reform. Many of these proposed and enacted changes to the taxation of our activities could increase our effective tax rate or adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

There are no assurances that we will be able to implement effective tax planning strategies that are necessary to optimize our tax position following changes in tax laws globally. If we are unable to implement a cost-effective contracting structure, our effective tax rate and our results of operations would be impacted.

Our ability to use our net operating losses or federal tax credits to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

If the transfer pricing arrangements we have among our subsidiaries are determined to be inappropriate, our tax liability may increase

We have transfer pricing arrangements among our subsidiaries in relation to various aspects of our business, including operations, marketing, sales, and delivery functions. The United States, Australia, Mexico, India, Philippines and other transfer pricing regulations in other countries where we operate, require that cross-border transactions between affiliates be on arm’s-length terms. We carefully consider the pricing among our subsidiaries to assure that they are at arm’s-length. If tax authorities were to determine that the transfer prices and terms we have applied are not appropriate, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties, which would cause material increase in our tax liability, thereby impacting our profitability and cash flows, and potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on our employees,operations, effective tax rate and other disruptionsfinancial condition.

Contract terms typical in our industry can lead to volatility in our business. Any prolongedrevenue and in our margins

Many of our TTEC Engage contracts require clients to provide monthly forecasts of volumes, but no guaranteed or widespread health epidemicminimum volume or revenue levels. Such forecasts vary from month to month, which can impact our staff and space utilizations, our cost structure, and our profitability.

22

Many of our contracts have termination for convenience clauses with short notice periods and no guarantees of minimum revenue levels or profitability, which could severely disrupt our business operations and have a material adverse effect on our results of operation. If a client terminates a contract or materially reduces customer interaction volumes, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and makes it harder to make projections.

We may not always offset increased costs with increased fees under long-term contracts. The pricing and other terms of our client contracts, particularly on our long-term service agreements, are based on estimates and assumptions we make at contact inception. These estimates reflect our best judgments regarding the nature of the engagement and our expected costs to provide the contracted services, but these judgments could differ from actual results, especially as economies where we do business itsgo through post-COVID-19 pandemic adjustments and inflationary pressures. Not all our contracts allow for escalation of fees as our cost of operations increase. Moreover, those that do allow for such escalations do not always allow increases at rates comparable to increases that we experience due to rising minimum wage costs, related payroll cost increases, and increased costs of work from home environment, not offset by reduction in physical footprint due to long term lease commitments. If and to the extent we do not negotiate long-term contract terms that provide for fee adjustments to reflect increases in our cost-of-service delivery, our business, financial conditionconditions, and results of operations.operation could be materially impacted.

16


We provide service level commitments to certain customers. If we do not meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue and harm our reputation.

The volatilityOur pricing depends on effectiveness of our stock price may resultlevel of effort forecasts. Pricing of our services in lossour digital business is contingent on our ability to accurately forecast the level of investmenteffort and cost necessary to deliver our services, which is data dependent and can be inaccurate. The errors in level of effort estimations could yield lower profit margins or cause projects to become unprofitable, resulting in adverse impacts on our results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Exclusive forum for dispute resolution provisions in our bylaws could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for their disputes

Our share price has beenbylaws designate Delaware’s state courts as the exclusive forum for most disputes between us and may continue to be subject to substantial fluctuation.our stockholders, including federal claims and derivative actions. We believe that market prices for securities of companies that provide outsourced customer care management services have experienced volatility in recent years and such volatilitythis provision may affect our stock price as well. As we continue to diversify our service offerings to include growth, technology and strategic consulting, our stock price volatility may stabilize, or it may be further impactedbenefit us by stock price fluctuations in these new industries. In addition to fluctuations specific to our industry and service offerings, we believe that various other factors such as general economic conditions, changes or volatilityproviding increased consistency in the financial markets,application of Delaware law and changing market conditionfederal securities laws by chancellors and judges who are particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases relative to other forums, and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. This choice of forum provision does not have the effect of causing our stockholders to waive our obligation to comply with the federal securities laws. This bylaw forum selection provision is not uncommon for companies incorporated in the State of Delaware, but it could limit our clients could impactstockholders’ ability to select a more favorable judicial forum for disputes with us, our directors, officers or other employees and may therefore discourage litigation. It is important to note, however, that our choice of forum provision would (i) not be enforceable with respect to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the valuationSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (ii) have uncertain enforceability with respect to claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Delaware law and certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our stock. The quarterly variationscompany or changes in our financial results, acquisitionmanagement and, divestiture announcements by us ortherefore, depress the price of our competitors, strategic partnershipscommon stock

Our restated certificate of incorporation and new service offering, our failure to meet our growth objectives or exceed our targets,amended and securities analysts’ perception about our performancerestated bylaws contain provisions that could causedepress the market price of our sharescommon stock by acting to fluctuate substantiallydiscourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the future.stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions, among other things:

authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

23

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chairman, President or our board of directors;
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings;
permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors; and
provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. Further, as described below, a majority of our stock is held by a single controlling stockholder, which means that a change in control of our company or the composition of the Board of Directors will not occur without the approval of the controlling stockholder.

Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer controls a majority of our stock and has control over all matters requiring action by our stockholders; and his interest may conflict with the interests of our other stockholders

Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, directly and beneficially owns approximately 68%59% of TTEC’s common stock. As a result, Mr. Tuchman could and does exercise significant influence and control over our business practices and strategy, including the directionstrategy. As long as Mr. Tuchman continues to beneficially own more than 50% of our businesscommon stock he will be able to elect all of the members of our Board of Directors, effect stockholder actions by written consent in lieu of stockholder meetings, and our dividend policy, anddetermine the outcome of all matters requiring action bysubmitted to a vote of our stockholders, including matters involving mergers or other business combinations, the electionacquisition or disposition of assets, the occurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional shares of common stock or other equity securities and the payment of dividends on our common stock.

The interest of Mr. Tuchman may not always coincide with the interest of our entireother stockholders, and Mr. Tuchman may seek to cause the company to take actions that might involve risks to our business or adversely affect us or our other stockholders. For example, Mr. Tuchman’s control of TTEC could delay or prevent a change of control, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all our assets that our other stockholders support, or conversely, Mr. Tuchman’s control could result in the consummation of a transaction that our other stockholders do not support. As a controlling stockholder, Mr. Tuchman is generally entitled to vote his shares as he sees fit, which may not always be in the interest of our other stockholders. This concentrated control could also discourage parties from acquiring our common stock or initiating potential mergers, takeovers or other change of control transactions, which could depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our status as a “controlled company” could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price

Because we qualify as a “controlled company” under the listing rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, we are not required to have a majority of our Board of Directors and our capital structure. Further, a changebe independent, nor are we required to have an independent compensation committee or an independent nominating committee of the Board. While the Company has elected not to avail itself of these governance exceptions available to “controlled companies,” in controlthe future the Company may elect to do so. Accordingly, because of our “controlled company” status, the other stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for NASDAQ-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or significant capital transactions could not be affected without Mr. Tuchman’s approval, even if such a change in control or other capital transactions could benefitotherwise harm our other stockholders.stock price.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTSCOMMENTS

We have not received written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 20182021 fiscal year that remain unresolved.

24

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in Englewood, Colorado, which consists of approximately 264,000 square feet of owned office space.Colorado. In addition to our headquarters and the customer engagement centers used by our Customer Management Services and Customer Growth Services segmentsEngage segment discussed below, we also maintain sales and consulting offices in several countries around the world which serve our Customer Technology Services and Customer Strategy Services segments.Digital segment.

As of December 31, 20182021 we operated 8571 customer engagement centers that are classified as follows:

·

Multi-Client Center — We lease space for these centers and serve multiple clients in each facility;

·

Dedicated Center — We lease space for these centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client; and

·

Managed Center — These facilities are leased or owned by our clients and we staff and manage these sites on behalf of our clients in accordance with facility management contracts.

17


As of December 31, 2018,2021, our customer engagement centers were located in the following countries:

    

    

    

    

Total

 

Number of

 

Multi-Client

Dedicated

Managed

Delivery

 

Centers

Centers

Centers

Centers

 

Australia

 

3

 

3

Brazil

 

2

 

2

Bulgaria

 

2

 

2

Canada

 

2

1

 

3

Greece

1

1

Germany

 

1

 

1

India

 

1

 

1

Mexico

 

3

 

3

Philippines

 

15

 

15

Poland

1

1

South Africa

 

1

 

1

Thailand

1

1

United Kingdom

 

1

2

 

3

United States of America

 

20

5

9

 

34

Total

 

48

 

8

 

15

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Multi-Client

 

Dedicated

 

Managed

 

Delivery

 

 

 

Centers

 

Centers

 

Centers

 

Centers

 

Australia

 

 —

 

 3

 

 —

 

 3

 

Brazil

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

Bulgaria

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

Canada

 

 7

 

 —

 

 1

 

 8

 

China

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 1

 

Germany

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 1

 

India

 

 2

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

Ireland

 

 1

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

Mexico

 

 3

 

 —

 

 —

 

 3

 

Philippines

 

17

 

 2

 

 —

 

19

 

Poland

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 1

 

South Africa

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 1

 

Thailand

 

 —

 

 —

 

 1

 

 1

 

United Kingdom

 

 —

 

 —

 

 2

 

 2

 

United States of America

 

23

 

 6

 

 9

 

38

 

Total

 

57

 

11

 

17

 

85

 

The leases for our customer engagement centers have remaining terms ranging from one to 1512 years and generally contain renewal options. We believe that our existing customer engagement centers are suitable and adequate for our current operations, and we have plans to build additional centers to accommodate future business.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGSPROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time.

Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESDISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

1825


PART II

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TTEC.” The following table sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices per share of the common stock for the quarters indicated as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

High

    

Low

 

Fourth Quarter 2018

 

$

29.66

 

$

23.79

 

Third Quarter 2018

 

$

36.20

 

$

23.95

 

Second Quarter 2018

 

$

37.40

 

$

30.20

 

First Quarter 2018

 

$

41.80

 

$

30.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter 2017

 

$

43.35

 

$

37.85

 

Third Quarter 2017

 

$

42.15

 

$

38.60

 

Second Quarter 2017

 

$

42.60

 

$

28.85

 

First Quarter 2017

 

$

31.30

 

$

29.10

 

As of December 31, 2018,2021, we had 265238 holders of record of our common stock and during 20182021 we declared and paid a $0.27$0.43 per share semi-annual dividend and a $0.28$0.47 per share semi-annual dividend on our common stock. During 20172020 we declared and paid a $0.22$0.34 per share semi-annual dividend, a $0.40 per share semi-annual dividend and a $0.25$2.14 per share special one-time dividend on our common stock as discussed below.stock.

In 2015, our Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock, after consideration of, among other things, TTEC’s performance, cash flows, capital needs and liquidity factors. The Company paid the initial dividend in 2015 and has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in amounts ranging between $0.18 and $0.28 per common share.share in 2015 and $0.47 per common share in October 2021. On February 21, 2019,24, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized a $0.30$0.50 dividend per common share, payable on April 18, 2019,20, 2022, to shareholders of record as of March 28, 2019.31, 2022. While it is our intention to continue to pay semi-annual dividends in 20192022 and beyond, any decision to pay future cash dividends will be made by our Board of Directors. In addition, our credit facility restricts our ability to pay dividends in the event we are in default or do not satisfy certain covenants.

Stock Repurchase Program

We continue to have the opportunity to return capital to our shareholders via an ongoing stock repurchase program (originally authorized by the Board of Directors in 2001). As of December 31, 2018,2021, the cumulative authorized repurchase allowance was $762.3 million, of which we have purchasedused $735.8 million to purchase 46.1 million shares for $735.8 million.

19


Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities During the Fourth Quarter of 2018

The following table provides information about our repurchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Total Number of

    

Approximate Dollar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Value of Shares that

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased as

 

May Yet Be

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part of Publicly

 

Purchased Under

 

 

 

Total Number

 

 

 

 

Announced

 

the Plans or

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Average Price

 

Plans or

 

Programs (In

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

Paid per Share

 

Programs

 

thousands)

 

September 30, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

26,580

 

October 1, 2018 - October 31, 2018

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 —

 

$

26,580

 

November 1, 2018 - November 30, 2018

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 —

 

$

26,580

 

December 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 —

 

$

26,580

 

Total

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

2021, the remaining amount authorized for repurchases under the program was approximately $26.6 million. During 2020 and 2021, we did not purchase any shares under the program.

From January 1, 20192022 through February 28, 2019,23, 2022, we havedid not purchasedpurchase any additional shares.shares and we do not currently have plans to make repurchases during 2022. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and the Board authorizes additional stock repurchases under the program from time to time.date.

Stock Performance Graph

The graph depicted below compares the performance of TTEC common stock with the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index; the Russell 2000 Index; and customized peer group over the period beginning on December 31, 20122016 and ending on December 31, 2018.2021. We have chosen a “Peer Group” composedthe 2021 Peer Group comprised of Sykes Enterprises, IncorporatedAccenture Plc (NASDAQ:  SYKE)ACN), Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp. (NASDAQ:  CTSH), Genpact (NASDAQ:  G), LivePerson Inc. (NASDAQ:  LPSN), and Teleperformance (NYSE Euronext:  RCF). We believe that the companies in the 2021 Peer Group are relevant to our current business model, market capitalization and position in the overall Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”) industry.our two segments Digital and Engage. The 2020 Peer Group included 8x8, Inc. (NASDAQ: EGHT), Five9 Inc. (NASDAQ: FIVN), Genpact (NASDAQ: G), Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated (NASDAQ: SYKE) and Teleperformance (NYSE Euronext: RCF).

The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 20132016 in our common stock and in each comparison index, and that all dividends were reinvested. We declared per share dividends on our common stock of $0.47$0.62 during 20172019, $2.88 during 2020 and $0.55$0.90 during 2018.2021. Stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

26

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Among TTEC Holdings, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index,

The Russell 2000 Index, And A Peer Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2013

    

2014

    

2015

    

2016

    

2017

    

2018

 

December 31,

 

    

2016

    

2017

    

2018

    

2019

    

2020

    

2021

 

TTEC Holdings, Inc.

 

$

100

 

$

99

 

$

118

 

$

131

 

$

175

 

$

127

 

$

100

$

134

$

97

$

136

$

262

$

328

NASDAQ Composite

 

$

100

 

$

115

 

$

123

 

$

133

 

$

172

 

$

166

 

$

100

$

130

$

126

$

172

$

250

$

305

Russell 2000

 

$

100

 

$

105

 

$

100

 

$

122

 

$

139

 

$

124

 

$

100

$

115

$

102

$

128

$

154

$

176

Peer Group

 

$

100

 

$

113

 

$

142

 

$

164

 

$

226

 

$

245

 

2020 Peer Group

$

100

$

129

$

144

$

217

$

311

$

353

2021 Peer Group

$

100

$

131

$

123

$

171

$

216

$

319

Chart, line chart

Description automatically generated

ITEM 6.  <RESERVED>

2027


Picture 1

21


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K (amounts in thousands except per share amounts).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of Operations Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

1,509,171

 

$

1,477,365

 

$

1,275,258

 

$

1,286,755

 

$

1,241,781

 

Cost of services

 

 

(1,157,927)

 

 

(1,110,068)

 

 

(941,592)

 

 

(928,247)

 

 

(886,492)

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

(182,428)

 

 

(182,314)

 

 

(175,797)

 

 

(194,606)

 

 

(198,553)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(69,179)

 

 

(64,507)

 

 

(68,675)

 

 

(63,808)

 

 

(56,538)

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

(7,583)

(1)  

 

(19,987)

(4)  

 

(36,442)

(8)  

 

(9,914)

(12)  

 

(3,723)

(14)  

Income from operations

 

 

92,054

 

 

100,489

 

 

52,752

 

 

90,180

 

 

96,475

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

(35,816)

(2) 

 

(11,602)

(5)  

 

(2,454)

(9)  

 

(4,291)

 

 

3,984

(15)  

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(16,483)

(3) 

 

(78,075)

(6)  

 

(12,863)

(10)  

 

(20,004)

(13)  

 

(23,042)

(16)  

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

(3,938)

 

 

(3,556)

 

 

(3,757)

 

 

(4,219)

 

 

(5,124)

 

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

$

35,817

 

$

7,256

 

$

33,678

 

$

61,666

 

$

72,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

46,064

 

 

45,826

 

 

47,423

 

 

48,370

 

 

49,297

 

Diluted

 

 

46,385

 

 

46,382

 

 

47,736

 

 

49,011

 

 

50,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.71

 

$

1.27

 

$

1.47

 

Diluted

 

$

0.77

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.71

 

$

1.26

 

$

1.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends issued per common share

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.47

 

$

0.385

 

$

0.36

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,054,508

 

$

1,078,736

(7)  

$

846,304

(11)  

$

843,327

 

$

852,475

(17)  

Total long-term liabilities

 

$

466,241

 

$

514,113

(7)  

$

304,380

(11)  

$

191,473

 

$

187,780

(17)  


(1)

Includes $0.8 million related to reductions in force, a $5.3 million expense due to facility exit charges and a termination fee for a technology vendor contract, a $1.1 million expense related to the impairment of property and equipment and a $0.3 million impairment charge related to internally developed software.

(2)

Includes a $15.6 million impairment of the full value of an equity investment and a related bridge loan, a $9.9 million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition, a $1.6 million net loss related to a business unit which was classified as assets held for sale and subsequently reclassified to assets held and used as of December 31, 2018, a $2.0 million gain related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of a business unit, a $0.7 million gain related to the bargain purchase of an acquisition closed in March 2018, and a $0.3 million benefit related to a fair value adjustment of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one or our acquisitions.

(3)

Includes a  $4.2 million benefit related to the impairment of an equity investment, a  $3.4 million benefit related to return to provision adjustments, $0.5 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, a  $0.7 million benefit related to stock options, $1.6 million of expense related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, $1.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowance, a  $2.1 million benefit related to restructuring, and a  $0.5 million benefit related to other items.

(4)

Includes $1.2 million expense related to reductions in force, a $2.2 million expense due to facility exit charges, a $3.5 million expense due to write-off of leasehold improvements and other fixed assets in connection with the facilities we exited, $7.8 million expense related to integration charges for the Connextions acquisition, and a $5.3 million impairment charge related to two trade name intangible assets.

22


(5)

Includes a $5.3 million expense related to the finalization of the transition services agreement for Connextions,  a net $2.6 million loss related to a held for sale business unit that was sold in December 2017 and a $1.2 million charge to interest expense related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition offset by a  $3.2 million benefit related to the release of the currency translation adjustment in equity in connection with the dissolution of a foreign entity.

(6)

Includes $62.4 million of expense related to the US 2017 Tax Act, $0.4 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, $1.9 million of benefit related to impairments, $2.2 million of benefit related to stock options, $0.6 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, $5.8 million of benefit related to restructuring, $0.6 million of benefit related to return to provision adjustments and $2.1 million of benefit related to changes to a transition service agreement.

(7)

The Company spent $116.7 million, net of cash acquired of $6.0 million, in 2017 for the acquisitions of Connextions and Motif. Upon acquisitions of Connextions and Motif, the Company acquired $40.8 million in assets and assumed $21.1 million in liabilities ($12.1 million in long-term liabilities).

(8)

Includes $3.4 million expense related to reductions in force, a $1.0 million expense due to facility exit and other charges, a $1.3 million impairment of fixed assets, a $1.4 million impairment of goodwill, an $11.1 million impairment of internally developed software, and $18.2 million of impairment charges related to several trade name, customer relationship and non-compete intangible assets.

(9)

Includes a $5.3 million estimated loss related to two business units which have been classified as assets held for sale offset by a $4.8 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for two of our acquisitions.

(10)

Includes $1.7 million of expense related to return to provision adjustments, $1.1 million of expense related to a transfer pricing adjustment for a prior period, $0.5 million of expense related to tax rate changes, $0.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, $1.5 million of benefit related to restructuring charges, and $9.8 million of benefits related to impairments and loss on assets held for sales.

(11)

The Company spent $46.1 million, net of cash acquired of $2.7 million, in 2016 for the acquisition of Atelka. Upon acquisition of Atelka, the Company acquired $25.1 million in assets and assumed $7.7 million in liabilities ($1.4 million in long-term liabilities).

(12)

Includes $1.8 million expense related to reductions in force, a $0.4 million expense related to the impairment of property and equipment, and a $7.7 million expense related to the impairment of goodwill.

(13)

Includes a $0.7 million benefit related to restructuring charges, $1.2 million net of expense related to changes in valuation allowance and a related release of a deferred tax liability, $1.5 million of expense related to provisions for uncertain tax positions, $2.6 million of benefit related to impairments, $1.3 million of expense related to state net operating losses and credits, and $0.4 million of benefit related to other discrete items.

(14)

Includes $3.3 million expense related to reductions in force and $0.4 million expense related to the impairment of property and equipment.

(15)

Includes a net $6.7 million benefit related to fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for four of our acquisitions.

(16)

Includes a $1.3 million benefit related to restructuring charges, a $0.4 million benefit related to a valuation allowance for equity compensation, a $1.2 million benefit related to the closing of statute of limitations in Canada, $3.8 million of expense related to future contingent payments, $1.3 million of expense related to the resolution of an audit in the Netherlands, and $0.2 million of expense related to other discrete items.

(17)

The Company spent $23.8 million net of cash acquired of $3.5 million in 2014 for the acquisitions of Sofica and rogenSi. Upon the acquisitions of Sofica and rogenSi, the Company acquired $59.5 million in assets and assumed $11.1 million in liabilities ($5.4 million in long-term liabilities).

23


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONSOPERATIONS

Executive Summary

TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”; pronounced “T-TEC”)is a leading global customer experience technology and services company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative solutionsas a service (“CXaaS”) partner for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands. TTEC designs, builds, orchestrates, and delivers seamless digitally enabled customer experiences that are designed to increase brand value, customer loyalty, revenue, and profitability through personalized, outcome-based interactions. We help large global companies increase revenueclients improve their customer satisfaction while lowering their total cost to serve by combining innovative digital solutions with service capabilities that deliver a frictionless customer experience (“CX”) across different channels and reduce costs by delivering personalized customer experiences across every interaction channel and phasephases of the customer lifecycle as an end-to-end providerlifecycle.

The Company operates and reports its financial results of customer engagement services, technologies, insights and innovations. We are organized intooperation through two centers of excellence:business segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.

·

TTEC Digital is one of the largest pure-play CX technology service providers with expertise in CX strategy, digital consulting, and transformation enabled by proprietary CX applications and technology partnerships. TTEC Digital designs, builds, and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-drivenoperates robust digital experiences for clients and their customers through the contextual integration and orchestration of customer experience solutions.

relationship management (“CRM”), data, analytics, CXaaS technology, and intelligent automation to ensure high-quality, scalable CX outcomes.

·

TTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery at scale. The segment delivers omnichannel customer care, tech support, order fulfillment, customer acquisition, growth, and retention services with industry specialization and distinctive CX capabilities for hypergrowth brands. TTEC Engage is the Company’s global delivery center of excellence that operates turnkey customer acquisition, care, revenue growth, digital fraud preventionalso delivers digitally enabled back office and detection, andindustry specific specialty services including artificial intelligence (“AI”) operations, content moderation, and fraud management services.

TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together under our unified offering, HumanifyTM Customer Engagement as a Service,® CXaaS, which drives measurable customer results for clients through the delivery of personalized, omnichannel interactions that are seamlessexperiences. Our Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem of CX offerings, including messaging, AI, machine learning (“ML”), robotic process automation (“RPA”), analytics, cybersecurity, CRM, knowledge management, journey orchestration, and relevant. Our offering is supported by 52,400 employees delivering services in 23 countries from 85 customer engagement centers on six continents.traditional voice solutions. Our end-to-end approachCXaaS platform differentiates the Companyus from competitors by combining service design, strategic consulting, technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration, and operational excellence and technology solutions and services.along with our decades of industry know-how. This unified offering is value-oriented, outcome-based and delivered to large enterprises, governments, and hypergrowth companies on a global scale across four business segments: twoscale.

During 2021, the TTEC global operating platform delivered onshore, nearshore, and offshore services in 20 countries on six continents -- the United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, India, Ireland, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, and the United Kingdom with the help of which comprise TTEC Digital - Customer Strategy Services (“CSS”)65,000 consultants, technologists, and Customer Technology Services (“CTS”); and two of which comprise TTEC Engage - Customer Growth Services (“CGS”) and Customer Management Services (“CMS”).CX professionals.

Our revenue for fiscal 20182021 was $1.509$2.273 billion, approximately 84%$414 million, or $1.27018% which came from our TTEC Digital segment and $1.859 billion, ofor 82%, which came from our TTEC Engage center of excellence and $239 million, or 16%, came from our TTEC Digital center of excellence.

Since our establishment in 1982, we have helped clients strengthen their customer relationships, brand recognition and loyalty by simplifying and personalizing interactions with their customers. We deliver thought leadership, through innovation in programs that differentiate our clients from their competition.segment.

To improve our competitive position in a rapidly changing market and stay strategically relevant to lead our clients with emerging CX methodologies, we continue to invest in innovation and growthservice offerings for both mainstream and high-growth disruptive businesses, diversifying and strengthening our core customer care services with consulting,technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services, data analytics, insights, and insights technologies, and technology-enabled, outcomes-focused services.consulting.

28

We also invest in businesses that enable us to expand our geographic footprint, broaden our product and service capabilities, increase our global client base and industry expertise, tailor our geographic footprint to the needs of our clients, and further scale our end-to-end integrated solutions platform. In 2018,To this end we acquired Strategic Communications Services,have been highly acquisitive in the last several years, including recently agreeing to acquire certain citizen experience assets of Faneuil, Inc. that include healthcare exchange and transportation services contracts, expected to close in the first quarter of 2022. This acquisition, once closed, will expand our capabilities in the growing public sector market deploying investments to achieve technology-enabled citizen engagement solutions. We also completed an acquisition early in the second quarter of 2021 of a system integrator for multichannelprovider of Genesys and Microsoft cloud contact center platforms basedservices, which followed an acquisition in the United Kingdom.second half of 2020 of a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service provider and an acquisition in the first quarter of 2020 of an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider. In 2017,the previous year, we acquired Motif, Inc.,completed an acquisition in the fourth quarter of 2019 of a digital fraud preventionprovider of customer care, social media community management, content moderation, technical support, and detection and content moderation services company basedbusiness process solutions for rapidly growing businesses in India and the Philippines, and Connextions, Inc., a U.S.-based health services company focused on improving customer relationships for healthcare plan providers and pharmacy benefits managers.early stages of their lifecycle.

We have developed tailoredextensive expertise in the automotive, communications, healthcare, financial services, national/federal and state and local government, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, travel and transportation industries. We target customer-focused industry leadersserve more than 750 diverse clients globally, including many of the world’s iconic brands, Fortune 1000 companies, government agencies, and disruptive hypergrowth companies.

Cybersecurity Incident

In September 2021, TTEC experienced a ransomware incident that temporarily disrupted the Engage business segment’s client support environment. Certain TTEC systems and data became encrypted and certain TTEC data was exfiltrated or destroyed. TTEC Digital business segment’s information systems and client environment were not involved in the Global 1000attack. TTEC activated its incident response and servebusiness continuity protocols, notified law enforcement, took appropriate measures to restore its systems and was able to restore operations for many impacted clients within hours of the start of the incident, with all client-facing systems returning to operations within five days of the incident.

We exercised reasonable efforts to identify data that may have been exfiltrated. We continue to monitor the situation, and we are not currently aware of evidence that exfiltrated data was publicly released. As of the date of this report, data involved in the incident has been analyzed for impact and notice obligations, and we provided appropriate regulatory and individual notices about the incident and its potential impacts.

With support from outside forensic experts, TTEC completed its investigation of root causes and impacts of the cybersecurity incident and is working to harden the security of its information technology environment and is taking measures to move to a ‘zero trust’ environment to protect its systems and its data.

The Company performed appropriate procedures to validate the accuracy and completeness of information involved in its financial reporting, and we have no indication that the accuracy and completeness of any financial information was impacted as a result of the incident.

The temporary operational disruptions that occurred due to this incident did not have a long-term impact on our results of operations. We made additional investments in the hardening of our cybersecurity environment and the operational governance of our information technology systems during the fourth quarter of 2021 and expect to make further investments in 2022. While the total amount of likely investment has not yet been determined, we anticipate that it will be at least $6 million in 2022 and beyond. The incident and any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable privacy laws in connection with this incident could result in government enforcement actions, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties, and private legal actions, which could impact our results of operations and expenses associated with the incident. In the first quarter of 2022, we have been served with certain lawsuits alleging data privacy failures, which are typical when cybersecurity incidents result in data exfiltration. Other actual and potential consequences of the incident may include negative publicity, loss of client trust, reputational damage, litigation, contractual claims, financial judgement or settlements in excess of insurance, and disputes with insurance carriers concerning coverage. See, Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors.

29

COVID-19 Pandemic

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Early in second quarter of 2020, we transitioned approximately 30080% of our employee population to a work from home environment. Those employees who were considered essential and could not operate effectively while working remotely, continued to work in our brick-and-mortar sites consistent with the recommendations on health and safety from the World Health Organization, the U.S. and European Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and local government regulations in jurisdictions where our customer experience centers are located.  As of the time of this disclosure, most TTEC employees continue to work from home, and we continue to evaluate when and to what extent they will return to our offices and customer experience centers. During 2021, we also took pro-active steps to ensure that TTEC was prepared to comply with relevant vaccination mandates and other safety measures in jurisdictions where we do business.

Our implementation of business continuity plans, rapid transition of employees to a work from home environment, and the geographic diversification of our customer experience delivery centers allowed us to mitigate potentially more severe impacts of COVID-19, positioned us to continue supporting our commercial and public sector clients globally.without interruptions and provide them with additional support as they experienced surge volumes of customer, patient, and citizen COVID-19 related engagement.

Through the period ended December 31, 2021 the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material adverse impact on our operational or financial results. While we expect this positive trend to continue and some of our COVID-19 specific work has transitioned to more traditional business activities for the same clients, there continues to be uncertainty about our business as the pandemic continues around the globe, including the emergence of certain variant strains of the virus, and related business interruption; and as our clients plan for post-pandemic business realities including new ways of working, evolving use of technology, and inflationary pressures. We cannot accurately predict the severity of the economic and operational challenges of an ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and post-pandemic changes on our clients’ businesses and their effect on the magnitude and timing of our clients’ buying decisions. Further, while to date we have been successful in managing service delivery from a highly disbursed employee population working remotely and our delivery sites that could not be replaced with work from home delivery, unpredictable business interruption decisions from government authorities in some jurisdictions where we do business, certain seasonal weather cycles and their potential impacts on power grid, and internet availability for our employees working from home may impact our delivery capability with little notice, thus potentially impacting our results of operations in the future.

Capital and Financing Availability

Our strong balance sheet, cash flow from operations and access to debt and capital markets have historically provided us the financial flexibility to effectively fund our organic growth, capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, incremental investments, and capital distributions.

We return capital to our shareholders through our dividend program. Given our cash flow generation and balance sheet strength, we believe cash dividends, in balance with our investments in product and service innovations, organic growth, and strategic acquisitions, align shareholder interests with the needs of the Company. After consideration of TTEC’s performance, cash flow from operations, capital needs and the overall liquidity of the Company, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a dividend policy in 2015, with the intent to distribute a periodic cash dividend to stockholders of our common stock. Since inception in 2015, the Company has continued to pay a semi-annual dividend in October and April of each year in gradually increasing amounts from $0.18 per common share in 2015 to $0.47 per common share in October 2021. In December 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a special one-time dividend of $2.14 per common share. On February 24, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized a semi-annual dividend of $0.50 per common share, payable on April 20, 2022 to shareholders of record as of March 31, 2022.

Our Integrated Service Offerings Centers of Excellence and Business Segments

We haveprovide strategic value and differentiation through our two centers of excellence that encompass our four operatingbusiness segments: TTEC Digital and reportable segments.

TTEC Digital houses our professional services and technology platforms. These solutions are critical to enabling and accelerating digital transformation for our clients.

Engage.

2430


Customer Strategy Services Segment

Through our strategy and operations, analytics, and learning and performance consulting expertise, we help our clients design, build and execute their customer engagement strategies. We help our clients to better understand and predict their customers’ behaviors and preferences along with their current and future economic value. Using proprietary analytic models, we provide the insight clients need to build the business case for customer centricity and to better optimize their investments in customer experience. This insight-based strategy creates a roadmap for transformation. We build customer journey maps to inform service design across automated, human and hybrid interactions and increasingly are developing and implementing strategies around Interactive Virtual Assistants (chat bots). A key component of this segment involves instilling a high-performance culture through management and leadership alignment and process optimization.

Customer Technology Services Segment

In connection with the designTTEC Digital is one of the customer engagementlargest pure-play CX technology service providers with expertise in CX strategy, our abilitydigital consulting and transformation enabled by proprietary CX applications and technology partnerships. TTEC Digital designs, builds, and operates robust digital experiences for clients and their customers through the contextual integration and orchestration of CRM, data, analytics, CXaaS technology, and intelligent automation to architect, deploy and host or manageensure high-quality, scalable CX outcomes.

Technology Services: Our technology services design, integrate, and operate highly scalable, digital omnichannel technology solutions in the cloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, including journey orchestration, automation and AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.
Professional Services: Our management consulting practices deliver customer experience strategy, analytics, process optimization, and learning and performance services.

TTEC Engage provides the client’s customer experience environments becomes a key enablerdigitally enabled CX managed services to achieving and sustaining the client’s customer engagement vision. Given the proliferation of mobile communication technologies and devices, we enablesupport our clients’ operations to interact with their customers across the growing array of channels including email, social networks, mobile, web, SMS text, voice and chat. We design, implement and manage cloud, on-premise or hybridend-to-end customer experience environments to deliver a consistent and superior experience across all touch points on a global scale that we believe result in higher quality, lower costs and reduced risk for our clients. Through our Humanify™ Technology Platform, we also provide data-driven context aware software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) based solutions that link customers seamlessly and directly to appropriate resources, any time and across any channel.

TTEC Engage houses our end-to-end managed services operations forinteraction delivery at scale. The segment delivers omnichannel customer care, revenue growth, digital fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services.

Customer Growth Services Segment

We offer integrated sales and marketing solutions to help our clients boost revenue in new, fragmented or underpenetrated business-to-consumer or business-to-business markets. We deliver or manage approximately $4 billion in client revenue annually via the discovery,tech support, order fulfillment, customer acquisition, growth, and retention of customers through a combination of our highly trained, client-dedicated sales professionalsservices with industry specialization and proprietary analytics platform. This platform continuously aggregates individual customer information across all channels into one holistic view so as to ensure more relevantdistinctive CX capabilities for hypergrowth brands. TTEC Engage also delivers digitally enabled back office and personalized communications.

Customer Management Services Segment

We design and manage clients’ front-to-back office processes to deliver just-in-time, personalized, protected, multi-channel interactions. Our front-office solutions seamlessly integrate voice, chat, email, e-commerce and social media to optimize the customer experience for our clients. In addition, we manage certain client back-office processes to enhance their customer-centric view of relationships and maximize operating efficiencies. We also perform fraud prevention andindustry specific specialty services including AI operations, content moderation, services to protect our clients and their customers from malevolent digital activities. Our delivery of integrated business processes via our onshore, offshore or work-from-home associates reduces operating costs and allows customer needs to be met more quickly and efficiently, resulting in higher satisfaction, brand loyalty and a stronger competitive position for our clients.fraud management services.

Customer Acquisition, Growth, and Retention Services: Our customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal experiences that we believe increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.
Customer Care, Tech Support, and Order Fulfillment Services: Our customer care, technical support, and order fulfillment services provide turnkey contact center solutions, including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints. 
Digitally enabled back office and specialty services: Our digital AI operations, content moderation, and fraud detection and prevention services provide clients with data tagging and annotation capabilities to train and enable AI platforms, community content moderation, and compliance to meet client content standards, and proactive fraud solutions to assist our clients in the detection and prevention of fraud.

Based on our clients’ requirements,preferences, we provide our services on an integrated cross-business segment andand/or on a discrete basis.

Additional information with respect to our segments and geographic footprint is included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

25


Our 20182021 Financial Results

In 2018,2021, our revenue increased 2.2%16.6% to $1,509$2,273 million over the same period in 2017,2020, including a decreasean increase of 0.5%1.0% or $8.0$18.7 million due to foreign currency fluctuations. The increase in revenue is primarily related towas comprised of a $31.6$107.1 million, revenueor 34.9%, increase for CTSTTEC Digital and a $12.6$216.7 million, revenueor 13.2%, increase for CGS offset by a $12.7 million net revenue decrease for CMS, which includes a $7.5 million decrease related to foreign exchange fluctuations offset by a $9.0 million net increase related to the adoption of ASC 606 for revenue.TTEC Engage.

Our 20182021 income from operations decreased $8.4increased $12.5 million to $92.1$217.2 million or 6.1%9.6% of revenue, from $100.5$204.7 million or 6.8%which was 10.5% of revenue for 2017.2020. The change in operating income is attributable to a number of different factors across the segments. The decline inTTEC Digital operating income from operations relates exclusively to CMS,declined with all other segments experiencing improvementan 21.8%, or $9.9 million, decrease over last year over year. CMS’s income from operations declined on increases in labor costs related to wage and healthcare benefits within our U.S. business. This increased cost is tied to macroeconomic factors including a lower unemployment rate and rising wages. Additionally, an increase in business ramps associated with a higher volume of new business signings during the second and third quarters ledprimarily due to a spikereduction in launch costsa large multi-year government contract and increased amortization of acquisition related intangible assets, partially offset by the 2021 and 2020 acquisitions which accelerated growth in the second half of 2018. Launch costs are incurred in transitioning new business from our clients tocloud revenue platform. The TTEC and historically are not specifically compensated for by our clients.

The CTSEngage operating income expanded significantly with a 121% improvement overincreased 14.0%, or $22.4 million, compared to the prior year primarily on the growth of its higher margin recurring cloud business and its system integration business which provides services pre and post buildout of each client cloud platform, the write-off of a trade name in the prior year, and large second half of the year product sales. The CSS operating income improved 164% due primarilyrelated to the write-offincrease in revenue offset partially by expenses related to the cybersecurity incident during September 2021 which caused outages for several of a trade name in the prior year and the rationalization of certain practice areas as they were integrated. The CGS operating income increased due to new business adds during the year.our Engage clients.

Income from operations in 20182021 and 20172020 included a total of $7.6$15.1 million and $20.0$9.1 million of restructuring and integration charges and asset impairments, respectively.

31

Our offshore customer engagementexperience centers spanning six countries serve clients based in the U.S. and in other countries and span five countries with 23,72523,200 workstations representing 55%58% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue for our CMS and CGS segmentsTTEC Engage segment provided in these offshore locations was $438 million and represented 35%29% of our 20182021 revenue, as compared to $450 million and 35%29% of our 20172020 revenue.

As of December 31, 2018, the overall capacityOur seat utilization in our centers was 80%. The table below presents workstation data for all of our centers as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. Our utilization percentage is defined as the total number of utilized production workstations compared to the total number of available production workstations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

    

Total

    

 

    

 

    

Total

    

 

    

 

 

 

 

Production

 

 

 

% In

 

Production

 

 

 

% In

 

 

 

Workstations

 

In Use

 

Use

 

Workstations

 

In Use

 

Use

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total centers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sites open >1 year

 

42,687

 

34,017

 

80

%  

42,033

 

34,409

 

82

%

Sites open <1 year

 

309

 

231

 

75

%  

2,404

 

2,392

 

100

%

Total workstations

 

42,996

 

34,248

 

80

%  

44,437

 

36,801

 

83

%

As of December 31, 2021, the total production workstations for our TTEC Engage segment was 39,750 and the overall capacity utilization in our centers was 63% versus 57% in the prior year period. The utilization continues to be lower than in previous years primarily due to COVID-19 protocols requiring the distancing of employees which has reduced the available seat capacity. Adjusted for social distancing protocols, which reduced the available workstations to approximately 18,500 and accounting for all client paid seats as utilized, whether through actual usage or contractual commitments to hold the seats, current utilization is in excess of 135%.

Post COVID-19 we expect our clients to leverage a more diversified geographic footprint and an increased mix of work from home versus brick-and-mortar seats. We will continue to see demand from all geographic regions to utilizerefine our offshore delivery capabilitiessite strategy and expect this trend to continue. On the other hand, somecapacity as we finalize plans with our clients and prospects.

Some of our clients may be subject to regulatory pressures to bring more services onshore to the United States. In light of these trends, weserve clients onshore. We plan to continue to selectively retain and grow capacity in and expand into new offshore markets, while maintaining appropriate capacity in the United States.onshore. As we grow our offshore delivery capabilities and our exposure to foreign currency fluctuationsfluctuation increases, we will continue to actively manage this risk via a multi-currency hedging program designed to minimize operating margin volatility.

26


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical experience and on various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Reported amounts and disclosures may have been different had management used different estimates and assumptions or if different conditions had occurred in the periods presented. Below is a discussion of the policies that we believe may involve a high degree of judgment and complexity.

Revenue Recognition – 2018 Revenue

The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation in recognizing revenue.

The BPO inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per FTE, per transaction or per call basis, which represents the majority of our contracts. These contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. For example, services forWith the exception of training, of the Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate promise in our BPO contracts, but they are not distinct from the primary service obligations to transfer services to the customers. The performance of the customer service by the agents is highly dependent on the initial, growth, and seasonal training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itselfwhich is not considered to have value to the customer on a standalonestand-alone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone basis cannot be considered a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain training services that are rendered mainly upon commencement of a new client contract or program, including seasonal programs. Revenue is also deferred when there is significant growth training in an existing program. Accordingly, recognition of initial, growth, and seasonal training revenues and associated costs (consisting primarily of labor and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With the exception of training which is typically billed upfront and deferred, the remainder of revenue is invoiced on a monthly or quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability.

32

In addition to revenue from BPO services, revenue also consists of fees from services for program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts containing these service offerings may contain multiple performance obligations. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using the best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under which the Company forecasts its expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and then adds an appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The Company forecasts its expected cost based on historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts, market conditions, and client specific other cost considerations. For these services, the point at which the transfer of control occurs determines when revenue is recognized in a specific reporting period. Where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is made when FOB-destination delivery occurs (control transfers), which is the standard shipment terms, and therefore at a point in time. Where services are rendered to a customer, the attribution is aligned with the progress of work and is recognized over time (i.e. based on measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an

27


input method). Where output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the goods or services transferred relative to the remaining goods or services promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input method in which revenue is recognized on the basis of efforts or inputs toward satisfying a performance obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves input of consultants’ time. The progress is measured based on the hours expended over total number of estimated hours included in the contract multiplied by the total contract consideration. The contract consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized. This results primarily from i) receipt of license fees that are deferred due to one or more of the revenue recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed service agreements, and billings for other professional services that have not yet been performed by the Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These amounts are recorded in Deferred revenue or Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render services. Costs directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract.

Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the end of each reporting period as additional performance data becomes available. Revenue related to such variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is not considered probable.

Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified to account for customer mandated changes in the contract specifications or requirements, including service level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.  

Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed. The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an expense. Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained are recognized as an expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications.Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts are periodically reviewed for impairment.

28


In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution of a contract. Such upfront payments are critical to acquisition of new business and are often used as an incentive to negotiate favorable rates from the clients and are accounted for as upfront discounts for future services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are amortized as a reduction to revenue in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of the Company’s products or services, and therefore, are accounted for as a reduction of revenue when amortized. Such capitalized contract acquisition costs are periodically reviewed for impairment taking into consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the contract.

Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in alignment with ASC 606-10-50-14, the Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year. Given the foregoing, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component. Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales, value add, and other taxes that are collected from customers concurrent with revenue-producing activities, which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities, are excluded from revenue.

Revenue Recognition – 2017 and prior years

We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, the delivery of service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The BPO inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per full-time employee, per transaction or per call basis. Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether we achieve, exceed or fail certain performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based contingencies. Revenue recognition is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon delivery of future services or meeting other specified performance conditions.

Revenue also consists of services for agent training, program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation. These service offerings may contain multiple element arrangements whereby we determine if those service offerings represent separate units of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within our control. If those deliverables are determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue is recognized as services are provided. If those deliverables are not determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue for the delivered services are bundled into one unit of accounting and recognized over the life of the arrangement or at the time all services and deliverables have been delivered and satisfied. We allocate revenue to each of the deliverables based on a selling price hierarchy of vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), third-party evidence, and then estimated selling price. VSOE is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. Third-party evidence is based on largely interchangeable competitor services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. Estimated selling price is based on our best estimate of what the selling prices of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices in different geographies, service offerings, and customer classifications. Once we allocate revenue to each deliverable, we recognize revenue when all revenue recognition criteria are met.

Periodically, we will make certain expenditures related to acquiring contracts or provide up-front discounts for future services. These expenditures are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Amortization of these contract acquisition costs is recorded as a reduction to revenue.

29


Income Taxes

Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. When circumstances warrant, we assess the likelihood that our net deferred tax assets will more likely than not be recovered from future projected taxable income.

We continually review the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the “more-likely-than-not” criteria. In making this judgment, we consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required.

33

We follow a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. We evaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under audit.

Interest and penalties relating to income taxes and uncertain tax positions are accrued net of tax in the Provision for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

In the future, our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside our control. Our effective tax rate is affected by the proportion of revenue and income before taxes in the various domestic and international jurisdictions in which we operate. Further, we are subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions in which we operate, as well as the requirements, pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. We estimate our annual effective tax rate each quarter based on a combination of actual and forecasted results of subsequent quarters. Consequently, significant changes in our actual quarterly or forecasted results may impact the effective tax rate for the current or future periods.

Tax ReformBusiness Combinations

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires an allocation of the consideration we paid to the identifiable assets, intangible assets and liabilities based on the estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. The excess of the fair value of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets, intangible assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill.

Purchased intangibles other than goodwill are initially recognized at fair value and amortized over their useful lives unless those lives are determined to be indefinite. The valuation of acquired assets will impact future operating results. The fair value of identifiable intangible assets is determined using an income approach on an individual asset basis. Specifically, we use the multi-period excess earnings method to determine the fair value of customer relationships and the relief-from-royalty approach to determine the fair value of the trade name. Determining the fair value of acquired intangibles involves significant estimates and assumptions, including forecasted revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, percentage of revenue attributable to the trade name, contributory asset charges, customer attrition rate, market-participant discount rates and the assumed royalty rates.

The United States recently enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "2017 Tax Act") that, among other things, reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and implements a territorial tax system, but imposes an alternative “base erosion and anti-abuse tax” (“BEAT”), and an incremental tax on global intangible low taxed foreign income (“GILTI”) effective January 1, 2018. In addition, the law imposes a one-time mandatory repatriation tax on accumulated post-1986 foreign earnings on domestic corporations effective for the 2017 tax year. As of December 31, 2018, we have completed our accounting for the tax effectsdetermination of the 2017 Tax Act and no material adjustment was recorded to the 2017 estimate.

While our accounting for the recorded impactuseful life of the 2017 Tax Actan intangible asset other than goodwill is deemed to be complete, these amounts are based on prevailing regulations and currently available information, and any additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could impact our recorded amounts in future periods.

The Company’s selection of an accounting policyfactors including historical tradename performance with respect to both the new GILTIconsumer name recognition, geographic market presence, market share, plans for ongoing trade name support and BEAT rules is to compute the related taxes in the period the entity becomes subject to either. A reasonable estimate of the effects of these provisions has been included in the 2018 annual financial statements.promotion, customer attrition rate, and other relevant factors.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate the carrying value of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates.

30


Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

We evaluate goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.

We use a two steptwo-step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, Step 0, is a qualitative assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit. For example, we analyze changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair value of a reporting unit over its carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improvedthe fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of its carrying value, no further testing is required.

34

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, we will proceed to Step 1 testing where we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on discounted future probability-weighted cash flows. If Step 1 indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, we will record an impairment equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.

We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows of the reporting units. The most significant assumptions used in these analyses are those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future cash flows, we use financial assumptions in our internal forecasting model such as projected capacity utilization, projected changes in the prices we charge for our services, projected labor costs, as well as contract negotiation status. The financial and credit market volatility directly impacts our fair value measurement through our weighted average cost of capital that we use to determine our discount rate. We use a discount rate we consider appropriate for the country where the business unit is providing services.

Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. The qualitative analysis will include a review of changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If a quantitative analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (such as a trade name) is evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated as the discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant would pay for use of that trade name. An impairment charge is recorded if the trade name’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

Restructuring and Liability

We routinely assess the profitability and utilization of our customer engagement centers and existing markets. In some cases, we have chosen to close under-performing customer engagement centers and complete reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. Severance payments that occur from reductions in workforce are made in accordance with postemployment plans and/or statutory requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, we recognize severance liabilities when they are determined to be probable and reasonably estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity,  (i.e. lease termination penalties), are recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a plan.

Derivatives

We enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. We enter into interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges under current accounting standards. From time-to-time, we also enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge our net investment in a foreign operation.

31


All derivative financial instruments are reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Based on the criteria established by current accounting standards, all of our cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Changes in fair value of any net investment hedge are recorded as cumulative translation adjustment in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets offsetting the change in cumulative translation adjustment attributable to the hedged portion of our net investment in the foreign operation. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transactions within Revenue. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense. Gains and losses from the settlements of our net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.

We also enter into fair value derivative contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with changes in asset and liability balances. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

While we expect that our derivative instruments will continue to be highly effective and in compliance with applicable accounting standards, if our hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if we determine that forecasted transactions will not occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be reflected currently in earnings.

Contingencies

We record a liability for pending litigation and claims where losses are both probable and reasonably estimable. Each quarter, management reviews all litigation and claims on a case-by-case basis and assigns probability of loss and range of loss.

ExplanationOther Components of Key Metrics and Other ItemsResults of Operations

Cost of Services

Cost of services principally include costs incurred in connection with our customer managementexperience services and technology services, including direct labor and related taxes and benefits, telecommunications, technology costs, sales and use tax and certain fixed costs associated with the customer engagement centers. In addition, cost of services includes income related to grants we may receive from local or state governments as an incentive to locate customer engagement centers in their jurisdictions which reduce the cost of services for those facilities.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include costs associated with administrative services such as sales, marketing, product development, legal, information systems (including core technology and telephony infrastructure), accounting and finance. It also includes outside professional fees (i.e., legal and accounting services), building expense for non-engagement center facilities and other items associated with general business administration.

Restructuring and Integration Charges, Net

Restructuring charges, net primarily include costs incurred in conjunction with reductions in force or decisions to exit facilities, including termination benefits and lease liabilities, net of expected sublease rentals. Integration charges represent the activities related to the re-hiring and retraining of the agents, the consolidation of facilities, the transfer of IT systems and other duplicative expenses incurred as the acquisitions are fully integrated.

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes interest expense, amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our Credit Facility, and the accretion of deferred payments associated with our acquisitions.

32


Other Income

The main components of other income are miscellaneous income not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange gains and reductions in our contingent consideration.

Other Expenses

The main components of other expenses are expenditures not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange losses and increases in our contingent consideration.

35

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 20182021 Compared to December 31, 20172020

The tables included in the following sections are presented to facilitate an understanding of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and present certain information by segment for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 (amounts in thousands). All inter-company transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.

Customer Management ServicesTTEC Digital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

1,129,048

 

$

1,141,760

 

$

(12,712)

 

(1.1)

%

$

414,104

$

306,985

$

107,119

 

34.9

%

Operating Income

 

 

49,161

 

 

78,206

 

 

(29,045)

 

(37.1)

%

 

35,437

 

45,315

 

(9,878)

 

(21.8)

%

Operating Margin

 

 

4.4

%  

 

6.8

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.6

%  

 

14.8

%  

The decreaseincrease in revenue for the Customer Management ServicesTTEC Digital segment was related to significant increases in the cloud platform and the systems integration practice including acquisitions of Avtex and VoiceFoundry, offset by reductions in a large multi-year governmental contract and the legacy facility based training business and Middle East consulting practice, both of which the Company has exited. Excluding this large multi-year government contract, the TTEC Digital revenue has increased 88% year over year.

The operating income reduction is primarily attributable to the reduction in a $101.5 million net increase in organiclarge multi-year government contract and inorganic client programs includingincreased amortization of acquisition related intangible assets, partially offset by the Connextions and Motif acquisitions, a $9.0 million increase relatedincreased revenue due to the adoptionacquisitions and other revenue increases as well as the exit of ASC 606 for revenue recognition, offset by a $7.5 million decrease due to foreign currency fluctuationsthe less profitable facilities based training and by program completions of $115.7 million.

Middle East consulting practices. The operating income as a percentage of revenue decreased to 4.4%8.6% in 20182021 as compared to 6.8%14.8% in 2017.  The operating margin declined primarily due to an increase in U.S. related labor costs and increased launch costs associated with the higher new business volumes and a $3.6 million increase in amortization related to acquisitions. Investments in strategy, rebranding, product development, marketing programs and incremental sales resources also negatively affected operating income as similar expenses were not as high during 2017. These were offset by the acquisitions, a $4.4 million increase related to the adoption of ASC 606 and a $5.8 million positive benefit due to foreign currency fluctuations.2020. Included in the operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $8.2$18.8 million and $4.6$3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

Customer Growth ServicesTTEC Engage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

141,324

 

$

128,698

 

$

12,626

 

9.8

%

$

1,858,958

$

1,642,263

$

216,695

 

13.2

%

Operating Income

 

 

9,839

 

 

7,803

 

 

2,036

 

26.1

%

 

181,755

 

159,377

 

22,378

 

14.0

%

Operating Margin

 

 

7.0

%  

 

6.1

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.8

%  

 

9.7

%  

The increase in revenue for the Customer Growth ServicesTTEC Engage segment was due to several client adds in 2018 leading to  a $21.4net increase of $316.3 million increase in client programs including certain COVID-19 pandemic related programs for several clients and a $16.4 million increase due to foreign currency fluctuations offset by a decrease for program completions of $8.8$116.0 million.

The operating income increased slightly due to growth in revenue, revenue mix, and increased profitability in several offerings and an $8.1 million increase due to grants received related to COVID-19 relief. Partially offsetting these increases were costs of $13.4 million, net related to the cybersecurity incident during September 2021 which caused outages in operations for several Engage clients, and a net $14.6 million in restructuring and impairment charges related to several facilities in the U.S. (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). As a result, the operating income as a percentage of revenue increased slightly to 7.0%9.8% in 20182021 as compared to 6.1% in 2017. This was attributable to the increased revenue as noted above offset by a $1.7 million cease use lease expense for a center that was exited as of March 31, 2018.

33


Customer Technology Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

170,214

 

$

138,581

 

$

31,633

 

22.8

%

Operating Income

 

 

26,634

 

 

12,047

 

 

14,587

 

121.1

%

Operating Margin

 

 

15.6

%  

 

8.7

%  

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in revenue for the Customer Technology Services segment was driven by significant increases9.7% in the cloud platform and the systems integration practice as well as large product sales during 2018, offset by decreases in the Avaya offerings as we wound down and then sold a business unit in the second quarter of 2017.

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased  to  15.6% in 2018 as compared to 8.7% in 2017.  This increase is primarily due to significant growth in the segment’s higher margin recurring cloud platform and the systems integration practice and consolidation and modernization of the information technology functions of the Company. In addition, 2017 included a $3.3 million impairment of a trade name intangible asset (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included in the operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $1.3 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

68,585

 

$

68,326

 

$

259

 

0.4

%

Operating Income

 

 

6,420

 

 

2,433

 

 

3,987

 

163.9

%

Operating Margin

 

 

9.4

%  

 

3.6

%  

 

 

 

 

 

The revenue for the Customer Strategy Services segment remained flat year over year.

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 9.4% in 2018 as compared to 3.6% in 2017.  The increase is primarily related to the 2018 rationalization of certain practice areas as they were integrated together and a $2.0 million impairment of a trade name intangible asset recorded in 2017 (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).prior period. Included in the operating income was amortization expense related to acquired intangibles of $1.3$13.2 million and $1.8$13.2 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively.

36

Interest Income (Expense)

Interest income increaseddecreased to $4.5$0.8 million in 20182021 from $2.8$1.7 million in 20172020 due to lower interest rates. Interest expense decreased to $12.4 million during 2021 from $17.5 million during 2020, primarily due to increased cash balances. Interest expense increased to $28.7 million during 2018 from $13.7 million during 2017, primarily due to largerhigher utilization of the line of credit related to acquisitions, higheroffset by lower interest rates, the upsizing of the credit facility completed in October 2017, and a $9.9$6.3 million decrease year over year in the charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% interest in Motif, which was finalized during the second quarter of the Motif acquisition.2020.

Other Income (Expense), Net

For the year ended December 31, 2021 Other income (expense), net increased to net income of $2.3 million from net expense of $18.6 million during the prior year.

Included in the year ended December 31, 20182021 was a $15.6net $1.2 million impairment of the full value of an equity investment and a related bridge loan, a net $1.6 million loss related to a business unit which was classified as assets held for sale but was reclassified to assets held and used at December 31, 2018, a $2.0 million gain related to royalty payments in connection with the sale of a business unit, a $0.7 million gainexpense related to the bargain purchase for the Percepta acquisition closed on March 31, 2018, and a $0.3 million benefit related to  a fair value adjustmentadjustments of the contingent consideration based on revised estimates of performance against targets for one of ourtwo acquisitions.

34


Included in the year ended December 31, 20172020 was a net $2.6$1.8 million lossbenefit related to the fair value adjustments of contingent consideration for three acquisitions, offset by a business unit which was sold effective December 22, 2017,  a $5.3$19.9 million expense related to the Connextions acquisitiondeconsolidation of three subsidiaries and the finalizationrelated removal of the transition services agreement offset by a $3.2 million gain related to dissolution of a foreign entity and a release of its cumulative translation adjustment.

For further information on the above items, seeCurrency Translation Adjustments (see Part II.II, Item 8. Financial Statements Noteand Supplementary Data, Notes 2 and 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Statements).

Income Taxes

The reported effective tax rate for 20182021 was 29.3%23.9% as compared to 87.8%24.0% for 2017.2020. The effective tax rate for 20182021 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $1.6a $0.8 million of expensebenefit related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $3.4$1.3 million benefit related to provision to return adjustments, a $4.2$3.5 million benefit related to the impairment of an equity investment, $0.5 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, $1.5cybersecurity incident, $13.9 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $0.7 million benefit related to excess taxes on equity compensation, a  $2.1$3.8 million benefit related to restructuring charges, $4.1 million of expense related to international legal entity reorganization; a $9.6 million benefit related to equity based compensation, a $8.3 million benefit related to the amortization of purchased intangibles, and $0.5$0.1 million of other benefits. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20182021 would have been 25.6%21.3%.

For the year ended December 31, 2017,2020, our effective tax rate was 87.8%24.0%. The effective tax rate for 20172020 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $62.4$2.9 million of expense related to the US 2017 Tax Act, $0.6changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $1.8 million of benefit related to provision to return adjustments, a $1.9$3.0 million benefit related to impairments,losses on dissolutions of subsidiaries, $0.4 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, $0.6 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $2.2 million benefit related to excess taxes on equity compensation,  a $5.8$2.0 million benefit related to restructuring charges, and$0.8 million of expense for earnouts related to acquisitions, a $2.1$4.0 million benefit related to equity based compensation, a $4.2 million benefit related to the finalizationamortization of a transition service.purchased intangibles, and $0.1 million of other benefits. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 20172020 would have been 24.4%22.5%.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared2020 compared to 2016December 31, 2019

The tables included inFor a discussion of our results of operations for the following sections are presentedyear ended December 31, 2020 compared to facilitate an understanding ofthe year ended December 31, 2019, please see Part II. Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and present certain information by segment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (amounts– Results of Operations in thousands). All inter-company transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.

Customer Management Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

1,141,760

 

$

924,325

 

$

217,435

 

23.5

%

Operating Income

 

 

78,206

 

 

50,541

 

 

27,665

 

54.7

%

Operating Margin

 

 

6.8

%  

 

5.5

%  

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in revenue for the Customer Management Services segment was attributable to a $246.0 million net increase in organic and inorganic client programs including the Atelka, Connextions and Motif acquisitions and a $2.3 million increase due to foreign currency fluctuations, offset by program completions of $30.9 million.

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 6.8% in 2017 as compared to 5.5% in 2016. The operating margin increased due to higher revenue, a $12.1 million benefit due to improved foreign exchange trends, increased capacity utilization, and efficiencies realized from the expense rationalization activities completed during the second half of 2016. This increase was offset by $13.6 million of 2017 planned restructuring and integration charges for the Connextions acquisition related to severance, center closure costs, the hiring, training and licensing of employees in new delivery centers and the integration of the IT systems (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and an increase of $9.3 million for variable incentive compensation. The increase was also due to the 2016 $11.1 million impairment for internally developed software and technology assets and a $1.4 million impairment of goodwill (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included in the operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $4.6 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

35


Customer Growth Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

128,698

 

$

141,005

 

$

(12,307)

 

(8.7)

%

Operating Income

 

 

7,803

 

 

6,969

 

 

834

 

12.0

%

Operating Margin

 

 

6.1

%  

 

4.9

%  

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in revenue for the Customer Growth Services segment was due to a $9.0 million increase in client programs and a decrease for program completions of $21.3 million.

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 6.1% in 2017 as compared to 4.9% in 2016. This was attributable to pricing improvements and other profit optimization actions, along with reductions in amortization expense and a reduction in the operating loss for the Digital Marketing unit, which was sold effective December 22, 2017 (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included in the operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of zero and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Customer Technology Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

138,581

 

$

141,254

 

$

(2,673)

 

(1.9)

%

Operating Income

 

 

12,047

 

 

933

 

 

11,114

 

1,191.2

%

Operating Margin

 

 

8.7

%  

 

0.7

%  

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in revenue for the Customer Technology Services segment was driven by an increase in the CISCO offerings offset by a decrease in the Avaya offerings as we wound down and then sold the business unit in the second quarter of 2017.

The operating income as a percentage of revenue increased to 8.7% in 2017 as compared to 0.7% in 2016.  This increase was primarily due to a $12.1 million charge recorded in 2016 related to the impairment of customer relationships, trade name, non-compete intangible assets and technology fixed assets due to the lower financial performance of the Avaya business unit offset by the 2017 $3.3 million impairment of a trade name intangible asset (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included in the operating income was amortization related to acquired intangibles of $1.1 million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2017

    

2016

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

68,326

 

$

68,674

 

$

(348)

 

(0.5)

%

Operating Income

 

 

2,433

 

 

(5,691)

 

 

8,124

 

142.8

%

Operating Margin

 

 

3.6

%  

 

(8.3)

%  

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in revenue for the Customer Strategy Services segment was related to growth in the Content and Collaboration and Service Optimization practices offset by decreases in the Mindset and Sales Transformation and Customer Insights practices across multiple delivery regions.

The operating income as a percentage of revenue was 3.6% in 2017 as compared to an operating loss of (8.3)% in 2016. The increase is primarily related to the 2016 $7.5 million charge for the impairment of two trade name intangibles offset by the 2017 $2.0 million impairment of one trade name intangible asset (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included in the operating income was amortization expense related to acquired intangibles of $1.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

36


Interest Income (Expense)

Interest income increased to $2.8 million in 2017 from $1.2 million in 2016. Interest expense increased to $13.7 million during 2017 from $7.9 million for the comparable period in 2016, primarily due to larger utilization of the line of credit primarily related to the acquisitions, higher average interest rates, the upsizing of the credit facility completed in October 2017, and a $1.2 million charge related to the future purchase of the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Included in the year ended December 31, 2017 was a net  $2.6 million loss related to a business unit which was sold effective December 22, 2017 and a $3.2 million gain related to dissolution of a foreign entity and a release of its cumulative translation adjustment (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Included in the year ended December 31, 2017 was a $5.3 million expense related to the Connextions acquisition and the finalization of the transition services agreement.

Included in the year ended December 31, 2016 was a total of $5.3 million of estimated losses related to two business units which had been classified as assets held for sale (see Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Included in the year ended December 31, 2016, was a $4.8 million benefit related to fair value adjustments of the contingent consideration basedour Annual Report on revised estimates of performance against targets for two of our acquisitions (see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Income Taxes

The reported effective tax rate for 2017 was 87.8% as compared to 25.6% for 2016. The effective tax rate for 2017 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $62.4 million of expense related to the US 2017 Tax Act, $0.6 million of benefit related to provision to return adjustments, a $1.9 million benefit related to impairments, $0.4 million of expense related to the disposition of assets, $0.6 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, a $2.2 million benefit related to excess taxes on equity compensation,  a $5.8 million benefit related to restructuring charges, and a $2.1 million benefit related to the finalization of a transition service agreement. Without these items our effective tax rateForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 would have been 24.4%.2020.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our effective tax rate was 25.6%. The effective tax rate for 2016 was impacted by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday, $1.7 million of expense related to return to provision adjustments, $1.1 million of expense related to a transfer pricing adjustment for a prior period, $0.5 million of expense related to tax rate changes, $0.5 million of expense related to changes in valuation allowances, $1.5 million benefit related to restructuring expenses, and a $9.8 million benefit related to impairments and assets held for sale. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 would have been 23.3%.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated from operations, our cash and cash equivalents, and borrowings under our Credit Facility.Facility (as defined below). During the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, we generated positive operating cash flows of $168.3$251.3 million. We believe that our cash generated from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents, and available credit will be sufficient to meet expected operating and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months.months, however, if our access to capital is restricted or our borrowing costs increase, our operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

37

We manage a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on concentratingsafeguarding and safeguardingoptimizing the use of our global cash and cash equivalents. While the majority of ourOur cash is held outsidein the U.S., we prefer to hold in U.S. Dollarsdollars, and outside of the U.S. in addition to the local currencies of ourU.S. dollars and foreign subsidiaries.currencies. We expect to use our offshore cash to supportfund working capital, global operations, dividends, acquisitions, and growth of our foreign operations.other strategic activities. While there are no assurances, we believe our global cash is well protected given our cash management practices, banking partners and utilization of diversified bank deposit accounts and other high quality investments.

37


In October 2018 and December 2018, the Company paid dividends from its foreign operations to its U.S. parent in the amount of $280 million and $30 million, respectively, which were used to pay down portions of the Credit Facility.

We have global operations that expose us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that may positively or negatively impact our liquidity. We are also exposed to higher interest rates associated with our variable rate debt. To mitigate these risks, we enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts through our cash flow hedging program. Please refer to Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk, Foreign Currency Risk, for further discussion.

In early April 2021, we drew down approximately $500 million on the Credit Facility in order to provide funding for the acquisition of Avtex Solutions, Holdings LLC.

During the first quarter 2020, we borrowed $350 million under our Credit Facility as a precautionary measure to provide additional liquidity during the global economic uncertainty and financial market conditions cause by the COVID-19 pandemic. During September 2020, this additional borrowing was repaid.

We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, stock repurchases, dividends, and other strategic activities, such as the acquisitions described in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Credit Facility was amended including an increase to $1.5 billion of total commitments (see discussion below in the Debt Instruments and Related Covenants). As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, we had borrowings of $282.0$791.0 million and $344.0$385.0 million, respectively, under our Credit Facility, and our average daily utilization was $514.7$797.2 million and $494.7$550.9 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. After consideration for the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, our remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $360.0$565 million as of December 31, 2018.2021. As of December 31, 2018,2021, we were in compliance with all covenants and conditions under our Credit Facility.

The amount of capital required over the next 12 months will depend on our levels of investment in infrastructure necessary to maintain, upgrade or replace existing assets. Our working capital and capital expenditure requirements could also increase materially in the event of acquisitions or joint ventures, among other factors. These factors could require that we raise additional capital through future debt or equity financing. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital with commercially reasonable terms acceptable to us.

The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017,2021 and 2016.2020.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days of their original maturity to be cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $78.2$158.2 million and $74.4$132.9 million as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. We diversify the holdings of such cash and cash equivalents considering the financial condition and stability of the counterparty institutions.

We reinvest our cash flows to grow our client base, expand our infrastructure, for investment in research and development, for strategic acquisitions, for the purchase of our outstanding stock and to pay dividends.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

For the years 2018,  20172021 and 20162020 we reported net cash flows provided by operating activities of $168.3 million, $113.2$251.3 million and $111.8$271.9 million, respectively. The increasedecrease of $55.2$20.6 million from 20172020 to 20182021 was primarily due to an $89.3a $34.4 million increase in cash collected from accounts receivable and an increase in net cash income from operations of $37.9 million offset by a $53.6$55.0 million decrease in deferred revenue and other liabilities and a $11.2 million decrease in prepaid assets. The increase of $1.3 million from 2016 to 2017 was primarily due to a $110.6 million decrease in payments made for operating expenses offset by a $51.4 million decrease in cash collected from accounts receivable, a decreasereduction in net cash income from operationsworking capital.

38

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

For the years 2018,  20172021 and 2016,2020, we reported net cash flows used in investing activities of $47.6 million, $169.0$542.0 million and $100.4$112.4 million, respectively. The net decrease in cash used in investing activities from 2017 to 2018 was primarily due to decreased spending on acquisitions of $113.6 million and a decrease in purchases of fixed assets of $8.5 million. The net increase in cash used in investing activities from 20162020 to 20172021 was primarily due to increased spending onan increase in acquisitions of $69.9$429.0 million.

38


Cash Flows from Financing Activities

For the years 2018,  20172021 and 2016,2020, we reported net cash flows provided by (used in) provided by financing activities of $(102.1) million, $71.6$319.6 million and $(1.6)($112.2) million, respectively. The change in net cash flows from 20172020 to 20182021 was primarily due to a $188.7$311.0 million net increase in the line of credit, a $37.2 million decrease in borrowing on the Credit Facility,payments of contingent consideration and a $92.3 decrease in shareholder dividends offset by a $18.3 million decrease in purchases of our outstanding common stock.  The change in net cash flows from 2016 to 2017 was primarily due to a $9.4$6.9 million increase in borrowing on the Credit Facility, a decrease in the contingent considerationtax payments related to restricted stock units and hold-back$3.6 million of payments of $8.1 million, offset by a $56.4 million decrease in purchases of our outstanding common stock and a $4.1 million payment to purchase a non-controlling interest.for debt issuance costs.

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow (see “Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements” below for the definition of free cash flow) was $124.9 million, $61.2$190.9 million and $61.0$212.1 million for the years 2018,  20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. The increasedecrease from 20172020 to 20182021 was primarily due to thean increase in the net cash flows providedfrom operations offset by operating activities. The increase from 2016 to 2017 was primarily due to the increasea decrease in cash flows provided by operating activities.working capital.

Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a non-GAAP liquidity measurement. We believe that free cash flow is useful to our investors because it measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated that is available for debt obligations and investments other than purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow is not a measure determined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for “income from operations,” “net income,” “net cash provided by operating activities,” or any other measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP liquidity measure is useful, in addition to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of “net cash provided by operating activities,” because free cash flow includes investments in operational assets. Free cash flow does not represent residual cash available for discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash required for debt service. Free cash flow also includes cash that may be necessary for acquisitions, investments and other needs that may arise.

The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow for our consolidated results (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

2016

 

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

$

168,345

 

$

113,152

 

$

111,830

 

$

251,296

$

271,920

Less: Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

43,450

 

 

51,958

 

 

50,832

 

 

60,358

 

59,772

Free cash flow

 

 

$

124,895

 

$

61,194

 

$

60,998

 

$

190,938

$

212,148

39


Obligations and Future Capital Requirements

Future maturities ofAt December 31, 2021, our outstanding debt andfuture contractual obligations aswere related primarily to debt, leases and income taxes. See the following footnotes in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:  Note 10 Income Taxes, Note 12 Indebtedness, Note 13 Commitments and Contingencies and Note 15 Leases for a discussion of December 31, 2018 are summarized as follows (in thousands):the obligation and timing of required payments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Less than

    

1 to 3

    

3 to 5

    

Over 5

    

 

 

 

 

 

1 Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Facility(1)

 

$

11,641

 

$

295,581

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

307,222

 

Equipment financing arrangements

 

 

8,035

 

 

8,922

 

 

1,648

 

 

 —

 

 

18,605

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

 —

 

 

2,553

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,553

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

14,446

 

 

7,970

 

 

1,064

 

 

 —

 

 

23,480

 

Operating lease commitments

 

 

47,379

 

 

66,723

 

 

43,810

 

 

25,362

 

 

183,274

 

Transition tax related to US 2017 Tax Act

 

 

3,300

 

 

6,700

 

 

14,600

 

 

9,318

 

 

33,918

 

Other debt

 

 

2,336

 

 

39,293

 

 

17

 

 

 —

 

 

41,646

 

Total

 

$

87,137

 

$

427,742

 

$

61,139

 

$

34,680

 

$

610,698

 


(1)

Includes estimated interest payments based on the weighted-average interest rate, unused commitment fees, current interest rate swap arrangements, and outstanding debt as of December 31, 2018.  

·

Contractual obligations to be paid in a foreign currency are translated at the period end exchange rate.

·

Purchase obligations primarily consist of outstanding purchase orders for goods or services not yet received, which are not recognized as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets until such goods and/or services are received.

·

The contractual obligation table excludes our liabilities of $6.2 million related to uncertain tax positions because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of future cash payments. See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Our outstanding debt is primarily associated with the use of funds under our Credit Agreement to fund working capital, repurchase our common stock, pay dividends and for other cash flow needs across our global operations.

Purchase Obligations

Occasionally we contract with certain of our communications clients to provide us with telecommunication services. These clients currently represent approximately 12%6% of our total annual revenue. We believe these contracts are negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may be negotiated at different times and with different legal entities.

39

Future Capital Requirements

We expect total capital expenditures in 20192022 to be between $602.9% and $65 million.3.1% of revenue. Approximately 65% of these expected capital expenditures are to support growth in our business and 35% relate to the maintenance of existing assets. The anticipated level of 20192022 capital expenditures is primarily driven by new client contracts and the corresponding requirements for additional customer engagement center capacity as well as enhancements to our technological infrastructure.

We may consider restructurings, dispositions, mergers, acquisitions and other similar transactions. Such transactions could include the transfer, sale or acquisition of significant assets, businesses or interests, including joint ventures or the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and could be material to the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of our operations. Our capital expenditures requirements could also increase materially in the event of an acquisition or joint ventures.venture. In addition, as of December 31, 2018,2021, we were authorized to purchase an additional $26.6 million of common stock under our stock repurchase program (see Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities). Our stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.

40


The launch of large client contracts may result in short-term negative working capital because of the time period between incurring the costs for training and launching the program and the beginning of the accounts receivable collection process. As a result, we may sometimes generate negative cash flows from operating activities.

Debt Instruments and Related Covenants

On October 30, 2017,November 23, 2021, we entered into a ThirdSixth Amendment to our June 3, 2013 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and AmendedAmendment (“the Credit Agreement”) and Restated Security Agreement originally dated June 3, 2013, (collectively, the “Credit Agreement”Facility”) for ato increase the total commitments by $300 million to $1.5 billion within the senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”)Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo, Bank, National Association, as agent, swing lineswingline and fronting lender. The Company exercised the Credit Facility’s accordion feature to increase the total commitment under theFacility matures on November 23, 2026. We primarily use our Credit Facility to $1.2 billion. Allfund working capital, general operations, dividends, acquisitions and other material terms of the Credit Agreement remained unchanged.

On February 14, 2019, we entered into a Fourth Amendment to our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement originally dated as of June 3, 2013 (collectively the “Credit Agreement”) for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender (the “Credit Facility”). The amended Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving Credit Facility that matures on February 14, 2024.

Other than the extension of the Credit Facility’s maturity date and a few material terms outlined below, the material terms of the Credit Facility, including pricing and collateral, are substantially the same as those previously disclosed as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 (“2016 Credit Facility”).strategic activities.

The maximum commitment under the Credit Facility is $900.0 million, with an accordion feature of up to $1.2$1.5 billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to the lenders in an amount equal to the unused portion of the Credit Facility multiplied by 0.150% per annum from the Credit Facility inception date until a compliance certificate is provided by us in connection with our quarterly financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, and thereafter as previously disclosed and as determined by reference to our net leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which primarily remained unchanged from the 20162019 Credit Facility, except that we are now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00, and a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00.Facility. The Credit Agreement permits accounts receivable factoring up to the greater of $75$100 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts receivable over the most recent twelve month period.

We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, stock repurchases, dividends, acquisitions, and other strategic activities.

Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in excess of the federal funds effective rate, or (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus in each case a margin of 0% to 0.75% based on our net leverage ratio. Eurodollar loans bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.0% to 1.75% based on our net leverage ratio. Alternate currency loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of our domestic subsidiaries and is secured by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in the U.S. accounts receivable and cash of our Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries. The indebtedness may also be secured by tangible assets of our Company and its domestic subsidiaries, if borrowings by foreign subsidiaries exceed $100.0 million7.5% of our Company’s consolidated total assets and the total net leverage ratio is greater than 3.003.25 to 1.00. We also pledged 65% of the voting stock and all of the non-voting stock, if any, of certain of our material foreign subsidiaries.

41


The Credit Facility also contains certain customary information and reporting requirements, and events of default, including without limitation events of default based on payment obligations, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross defaults to certain other debt, certain ERISA events, changes in control, monetary judgments, and insolvency proceedings. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders may accelerate the maturity of all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility.

40

As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, we had borrowings of $282.0$791.0 million and $344.0$385.0 million, respectively, under the Credit Facility. During 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of approximately 3.1%1.3%, 2.2%1.6%, and 1.5%3.4% per annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. Our daily average borrowings during 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 20162019 were $514.7$797.2 million, $494.7$550.9 million and $375.3$331.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2018,2021, and 2017,2020, based on the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, the remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $360.0$565 million and $350.0$510 million, respectively.

Client Concentration

During 2018,2021, only one of our clients represented 10.2%more than 10% of our total annual revenue. Our five largest clients accounted for 35%38% and 40% of our annual revenue for each of the threetwo years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021 and 2016,2020, respectively. We have long-term relationships with our top five Engage clients, ranging from 1215 to 22 years, with the majorityall of these clients having completed multiple contract renewals with us. The relative contribution of any single client to consolidated earnings is not always proportional to the relative revenue contribution on a consolidated basis and varies greatly based upon specific contract terms. In addition, clients may adjust business volumes served by us based on their business requirements. We believe the risk of this concentration is mitigated, in part, by the long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. Although certain client contracts may be terminated for convenience by either party, we believe this risk is mitigated, in part, by the service level disruptions and transition/migration costs that would arise for our clients.clients if they terminated our contract for convenience.

TheSome of the contracts with our five largest clients expire between 20202022 and 2023. Additionally, a particular client2023, but most of our largest clients may have multiple contracts with us with different expiration dates.dates for different lines of work. We have historically renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients, but there can be no assurance that future contracts will be renewed or, if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts.

Cybersecurity

We have made and continue to make significant financial investments in technologies and processes to mitigate cyber risks. We have a number of complex information systems used for a variety of functions ranging from services we deliver to our clients and their customers to how we support for our operations. We dependThe effective operation of our business depends on the proper functioning of these information systems. Like any information system, theyour systems are susceptible to cyber-attack. Any cyber-attack could impact the availability, reliability, speed, accuracy, or other proper functioning of these systems or result in confidentialour data, our employees’ data and our clients’ data that we retain for the provision of our services being compromised, which could have a significant impact on our reputation, results of operations, and financial condition. Our information systems are protected through physical and technological safeguards as well as backup systems and protocols considered appropriate by management. We also provide role-based employee cybersecurity risk awareness training about phishing, malware, social engineering, data protection, and other cyber risks. Further, several years ago we have formed a cybersecurity specific risk management steering committee that is comprised of technology leaders and management from each of our business segments, leaders from our information technology and information security organizations; representatives from our regulatory and risk oversight functions and our internal audit group. This steering committee meets periodicallyregularly to fully coordinate all enterprise level cybersecurity issues.risk management issues and set proactive priorities to secure the business. Our executive leadership team and the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and executive leadership teamwhich has the delegated authority from the Board to oversee TTEC cybersecurity risk management, are updated at least quarterly on the progress and status of our cybersecurity priorities. We continuously monitor and develop our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address, and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access, distributed denial of service attacks, malware attacks, computer viruses, cyber fraud, and other events intended to disrupt information systems, wrongfully obtain valuableunauthorized access to confidential information, or cause other types of malicious events that may result in harm to our business. Our investment in cybersecurity is not expected to decrease in the foreseeable future, and despite our on-going efforts to improve our cybersecurity, there can be no assurance that a sophisticated cyber-attack could timely be detected or thwarted.

41

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Changes in Accounting Principle

42


adopted accounting standards in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKRISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in financial and commodity market prices and rates. Market risk also includes credit and non-performance risk by counterparties to our various financial instruments. We are exposed to market risks due to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates (as measured against the U.S. dollar);, as well as credit risk associated with potential non-performance of our counterparty banks. These exposures are directly related to our normal operating and funding activities. We enter into derivative instruments to manage and reduce the impact of currency exchange rate changes, primarily between the U.S. dollar/Philippine peso, the U.S. dollar/Mexican peso, and the Australian dollar/Philippine peso. We enter into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. To mitigate against credit and non-performance risk, it is our policy to only enter into derivative contracts and other financial instruments with investment grade counterparty financial institutions and, correspondingly, our derivative valuations reflect the creditworthiness of our counterparties. As of the date of this report, we have not experienced, nor do we anticipate, any issue related to derivative counterparty defaults.

Interest Rate Risk

We have previously entered into interest rate derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with our variable rate debt. The interest rate on our Credit Agreement is variable based upon the Prime Rate and LIBOR and, therefore, is affected by changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2018,2021, we had $282.0$791.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Based upon average daily outstanding borrowings during the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, interest accrued at a rate of approximately 3.1%1.3% and 2.2%1.6% per annum, respectively. If the Prime Rate or LIBOR increased by 100 basis points, there would be $1.0 million of additional interest expense per $100.0 million of outstanding borrowing under the Credit Agreement.

The Company’s interest rate swap arrangement expired as of May 31, 2017 and no additional swaps have been entered into since that time.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our subsidiaries in the Philippines, Mexico, India, Bulgaria and Poland use the local currency as their functional currency for paying labor and other operating costs. Conversely, revenue for these foreign subsidiaries is derived principally from client contracts that are invoiced and collected in U.S. dollars or other foreign currencies. As a result, we may experience foreign currency gains or losses, which may positively or negatively affect our results of operations attributed to these subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, revenue associated with this foreign exchange risk was 23%17%, 26%17% and 32%22% of our consolidated revenue, respectively.

42

The following summarizes relative (weakening) strengthening of local currencies that are relevant to our business:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Canadian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar

 

(8.6)

%

6.6

%

3.1

%

 

0.3

%

2.1

%

4.5

%

Philippine Peso vs. U.S. Dollar

 

(5.1)

%

(0.8)

%

(5.9)

%

 

(6.4)

%

5.2

%

3.5

%

Mexican Peso vs. U.S. Dollar

 

0.2

%

5.0

%

(19.5)

%

 

(2.9)

%

(5.2)

%

3.8

%

Australian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar

 

(10.7)

%

7.7

%

(1.3)

%

 

(6.1)

%

9.0

%

(0.6)

%

Euro vs. U.S. Dollar

 

(4.7)

%

12.1

%  

(3.6)

%

 

(8.1)

%

8.6

%  

(2.0)

%

Indian Rupee vs. U.S. Dollar

(1.8)

%

(2.5)

%  

(2.5)

%

Philippine Peso vs. Australian Dollar

 

5.0

%  

(9.2)

%  

(4.5)

%

 

(0.2)

%  

(4.2)

%  

4.0

%

43


In order to mitigate the risk of these non-functional foreign currencies weakening against the functional currencies of the servicing subsidiaries, which thereby decreases the economic benefit of performing work in these countries, we may hedge a portion, though not 100%, of the projected foreign currency exposure related to client programs served from these foreign countries through our cash flow hedging program. While our hedging strategy can protect us from adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short term, an overall weakening of the non-functional revenue foreign currencies would adversely impact margins in the segments of the servicing subsidiary over the long term.

Cash Flow Hedging Program

To reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations associated with forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies, we purchase forward and/or option contracts to acquire the functional currency of the foreign subsidiary at a fixed exchange rate at specific dates in the future. We have designated and account for these derivative instruments as cash flow hedges for forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies.

While we have implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we cannot ensure that we will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect our consolidated operating results.

Our cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 are summarized as follows (in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts, except as noted.

    

Local

    

    

    

    

    

 

Currency

U.S. Dollar

% Maturing

Contracts

 

Notional

Notional

in the next

Maturing

 

As of December 31, 2021

Amount

Amount

12 months

Through

 

Canadian Dollar

 

9,000

$

7,022

100.0

%  

June 2022

Philippine Peso

 

8,472,000

 

164,295

(1)  

51.7

%  

December 2024

Mexican Peso

 

1,422,500

 

63,002

43.2

%  

December 2024

$

234,319

    

Local

    

 

    

    

Currency

U.S. Dollar

 

Notional

Notional

 

As of December 31, 2020

Amount

Amount

 

Canadian Dollar

 

2,450

$

1,853

Philippine Peso

 

6,725,000

130,468

(1)

Mexican Peso

 

1,159,500

 

52,398

$

184,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Local

    

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

U.S. Dollar

 

 

% Maturing

 

 

Contracts

 

 

 

Notional

 

Notional

 

 

in the next

 

 

Maturing

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

 

12 months

 

 

Through

 

Philippine Peso

 

6,710,000

 

 

130,957

(1)  

 

60.7

 

December 2021

 

Mexican Peso

 

1,091,500

 

 

57,708

 

 

53.0

 

December 2021

 

 

 

 

 

$

188,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Local

    

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

U.S. Dollar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional

 

Notional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philippine Peso

 

10,685,000

 

 

219,917

(1)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mexican Peso

 

1,609,000

 

 

93,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

313,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents


(1)

(1)

Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 20182021 and December 31, 2017.

2020.

The fair value of our cash flow hedges at December 31, 20182021 was a liabilityan asset (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturing in the

 

    

December 31, 2018

    

Next 12 Months

 

Maturing in the

    

December 31, 2021

    

Next 12 Months

 

Canadian Dollar

$

96

$

96

Philippine Peso

 

 

(5,856)

 

 

(3,570)

 

 

(1,102)

 

(324)

Mexican Peso

 

 

(5,460)

 

 

(4,477)

 

 

944

 

973

 

$

(11,316)

 

$

(8,047)

 

$

(62)

$

745

Our cash flow hedges are valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk. The fair value liability of our cash flow hedges decreased by $14.9$11.5 million from December 31, 20172020 to December 31, 2018.2021. The decrease in fair value liability from December 31, 2017 largely2020 primarily reflects a reductionchanges in the total notional value of outstanding cash flow hedgescurrency translation between the U.S. dollar and an increase in average hedge exchange rates.

44


Mexican Peso and U.S. dollar and Philippines Peso.

We recorded net lossesgains (losses) of $17.5$4.9 million, $22.8$2.6 million, and $28.0$(4.2) million for settled cash flow hedge contracts for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017,2021, 2020, and 2016,2019, respectively. These lossesgains(losses) were reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). If the exchange rates between our various currency pairs were to increase or decrease by 10% from current period-end levels, we would incur a material gain or loss on the contracts. However, any gain or loss would be mitigated by corresponding increases or decreases in our underlying exposures.

Other than the transactions hedged as discussed above and in Part II. Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the majority of the transactions of our U.S. and foreign operations are denominated in their respective local currency. However, transactions are denominated in other currencies from time-to-time. We do not currently engage in hedging activities related to these types of foreign currency risks because we believe them to be insignificant as we endeavor to settle these accounts on a timely basis. For the years ended 20182021 and 2017,2020, approximately 23%14% and 24%14%, respectively, of revenue was derived from contracts denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our results fromof operations and revenue could be adversely affected if the U.S. Dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies.

Fair Value of Debt and Equity Securities

We did not have any investments in marketable debt or equity securities as of December 31, 20182021 or 2017.2020.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATADATA

The financial statements required by this item are located beginning on page F-1 of this report and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSUREDISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURESPROCEDURES

This Form 10-K includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (the “CFO”) required by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in those certifications.

44

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of December 31, 2018,2021, the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, believes that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of internal controls are met. Further, the design of internal controls must

45


consider the benefits of controls relative to their costs. Inherent limitations within internal controls include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by unauthorized override of the control. Over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with associated policies or procedures. While the objective of the design of any system of controls is to provide reasonable assurance of the effectiveness of controls, such design is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and such assumptions, while reasonable, may not take into account all potential future conditions. Thus, even effective internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Therefore, because of the inherent limitations in cost effective internal controls, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be prevented or detected.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures which (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (c) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorization of management and the Board of Directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

In connection with the preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20182021 based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As a result of that evaluation, our management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018,2021, the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

We excluded Avtex from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 because this company was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination in 2021. Avtex’s total assets and total revenues represent 2.7% and 6.7%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.

45

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20182021 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has beenwere no changechanges in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C.  DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

PART IIIIII

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

GOVERNANCE

The information in our 20192022 Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 20182021 (the “2019“2022 Proxy Statement”) regarding our executive officers under the heading “Information Regarding Executive Officers” is incorporated herein by reference. We have both athe Ethics Code of Ethical Conduct for Senior Executive and Financial ManagersOfficers and athe Ethics Code defining rules of Conduct. Theconduct for our employees, partners and suppliers. Our Ethics Code of Ethical Conduct for

46


Senior Executive and Financial Officers applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, presidentslead executives of our business segments, Controller, Treasurer, the General Counsel, Chief Audit executive, senior financial officers of each operating segment and other persons performing similar functions. The Ethics Code of Conduct applies todefines conduct for all directors, officers, employees, partners and members of our supply chainsuppliers (as applicable). Both the Ethics Code of Ethical Conduct for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and the Ethics Code of Conduct are posted on our website at www.ttec.com on the Corporate Governance page. We will post on our website any amendments to or waivers ofunder the Ethics Code of Ethical Conduct for Senior Executive and Financial Officers and our Code of Conduct, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the board of directors. The remaining information called for by this Item 10 is incorporated by reference herein from our 20192022 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATIONCOMPENSATION

The information in our 20192022 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERSMATTERS

The information regarding these matters is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. Also the information in our 20192022 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCEINDEPENDENCE

The information in our 20192022 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

46

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICESSERVICES

The information in our 20192022 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IVIV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULESSCHEDULES

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page F-1 of this report.

2. Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules for TTEC have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is included in the respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits.

3. Exhibits.

47


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 

Incorporated Herein by Reference

No.

Exhibit Description

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

2.01+

Asset Purchase Agreement, dates as of December 22, 2021, by and among TTEC Government Solutions LLC, Faneuil, Inc. and AJL Holdings, Inc.

8-K

2.1

12/27/2021

Exhibit No.

Description

3.01**

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. filed with the State of Delaware on August 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)

S-1/A

3.01

7/5/1996

3.03**

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (reflecting name change) with an effective date of January 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit

8-K

3.03 to Form 8-K filed on January 9, 2018)

1/9/2018

3.04**

Amended and Restated Bylaws of TTEC Holdings, Inc. (reflecting name change)

8-K

3.04

1/9/2018

4.01**

Description of Securities of TTEC Holdings, Inc. registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Act of 1934

10-K

4.01

3/4/2020

10.01**

Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2021, by and among NEPAS Holdings, LLC, Avtex Solutions Holdings, LLC and TTEC Digital, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.0410.1 to TTEC’s Form 8-K filed on January 9, 2018)March 3, 2021)

8-K

10.1

3/3/2021

10.06**

TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Appendix

DEF 14A

A to TeleTech’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed April 12, 2010)

4/12/2010

10.27*10.07**

TTEC Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

DEF 14A

A

4/3/2020

10.25**

Form of GlobalTTEC Holdings, Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Operating(Executive Committee Member) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form Members) effective July 5, 2019

10-Q filed on May 1, 2013)

10.25

8/7/2019

10.28*10.26**

Form of GlobalTTEC Holdings, Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Operating(Executive Committee Member) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form Members) effective March 6, 2020

10-Q filed on May 1, 2013)

10.26

5/4/2020

10.29*10.27**

Form of TTEC Holdings. Inc. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Executive Committee Members) effective March 3, 2021

10-Q

10.27

8/3/2021

47

10.28**

Form of TTEC Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement effective July 1, 2021

10-Q

10.28

8/3/2021

10.29**

Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (non-executive employees) effective July 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 

10-K

10.29 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014)

3/9/2015

10.30**

Form of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Directors and Executive Committee Members) effective July 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 

10-K

10.30 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014)

3/9/2015

10.32*10.31**

Independent Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (effective May 14, 2020)

10-Q

10.31

8/5/2020

10.32**

Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective January 1,May 2019)

10-K

10.32

3/6/2019

10.33**

Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2010)and Executive Officers

10-Q

10.33

11/5/2019

10.40*10.34**

Independent Director Compensation Arrangements (effective May 2021)

10-K

10.34

3/1/2021

10.40**

Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated October 15, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 

10-K

10.68 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)

4/1/2002

10.41**

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech Holdings, Inc. dated December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 

10-K

10.17 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)

2/23/2009

10.60**

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Regina M. Paolillo and TTEC Services Corporation effective May 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit

10-Q

10.60 to TTEC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018)

5/10/2018

10.82**

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Judi A. Hand and TTEC Services Corporation effective May 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.82 to TTEC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018)

48


10-Q

10.82

5/10/2018

Exhibit No.10.83**

Description

10.83**

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Martin F. DeGhettoDustin J. Semach and TTEC Services Corporation effective May 1, 2018 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit November 9, 2021.

8-K

10.83 to TTEC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018)

11/12/2021

10.84*10.86**

Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Steven C. Pollema and TTEC Digital LLC, effective January 1, 2019

10.85*

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Anthony Y. Tsai and TTEC Services Corporation effective January 1, 2019

10.86*

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Margaret B. McLean and TTEC Services Corporation effective December 12, 2018

10-K

10.86

3/6/2019

10.87**

Summary of employment arrangements between David M. AndersonRichard Sean Erickson and TTEC Services Corporation effective as of April 16, 2018. While Mr. Anderson joined TTEC in April 2018, he only recently has been appointed as an Executive Officer whose compensation is subject to disclosure (incorporated by referent as Exhibit 10.87 to TTEC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2018)8, 2020.

10-K

10.87

3/1/2021

10.90*10.89**

Employment Agreement between TTEC Digital LLC and George S. Demou effective April 8, 2021

8-K

10.89

4/9/2021

10.90**

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., the foreign borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Fronting Lender, KeyBank National Association, Bank of America, N.A., BBVA Compass, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, each as Documentation Agent and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, KeyBank National Association, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BBVA Compass and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Joint Lead Arrangers

8-K

10.1

6/7/2013

48

10.91**

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Amended and Restated Security Agreement for the senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit .

8-K

10.90 to TeleTech’s Form 8-K filed on February 16, 2016)

2/16/2016

10.94*10.96**

FourthSixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Restated Security Agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing line and fronting lender (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.32 to TTEC’s Form

8-K filed on February 26, 2019)

10.96

11/29/2021

10.95*10.99**

Share Purchase Agreement between TeleTech Europe BV and TeleTech Canada and Kilmer Capital Fund II L.P., 8169306 Canada Inc. Bank of Montreal, doing business as BMO Capital Partners, and certain management shareholders of November 9, 2016 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2016)

10.96**

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of April 3, 2017October 26, 2019, by and among OptumHealthOrtana Holdings, LLC, Connextions, Inc.,an Oregon limited liability company, First Call Resolution, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company, John Stadter, Matthew Achak, and TeleTech Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.96 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017)TTEC Services Corporation, a Colorado corporation

8-K

10.99

10/29/2019

21.1*

List of subsidiaries

10.97**

23.1*

Stock Purchase Agreement of November 8, 2017 by and among TeleTech Services Corporation, Motif, Inc. (“Motif”), Kaushal Mehta and Parul Mehta (referred to collectively as the “Founders”), the shareholders of Motif (other than Founders, referred to as “Sellers”), and Outforce LLC (the Seller’s Agent) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.97 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017)

10.98**

Share Purchase Agreement of November 8, 2017 by and among TeleTech Services Corporation, the Founders, the Anishi Mehta Irrevocable Trust, the Ishan Mehta Irrevocable Trust, Anishi Mehta and Ishan Mehta (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.98 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017)

49


Exhibit No.

Description

21.1*

List of subsidiaries

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

24.1*

Power of Attorney

24.1*

31.1*

Power of Attorney

31.1*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TTEC

31.2*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TTEC

32.1*

Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

32.2*

Written Statement of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

101.INS***

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

101.SCH***

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL***101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB***

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE***101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.DEF***104

The cover page from TTEC Holdings, Inc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document


*     Filed or furnished herewith.

**Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

***  Attached as Exhibit 101+      Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to this report areItem 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company will furnish the following documents formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) foromitted schedules to the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.SEC upon request.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None

5049


SIGNATURES

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized on March 6, 2019.3, 2022.

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 6, 2019,3, 2022, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated:

Signature

Title

Signature

Title

/s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Kenneth D. Tuchman

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

/s/ REGINA M. PAOLILLODUSTIN J SEMACH

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER

Regina M. PaolilloDustin J. Semach

Chief Financial Officer

*

DIRECTOR

Steven J. Anenen

*

DIRECTOR

Tracy L. Bahl

*

DIRECTOR

Gregory A. Conley

*

DIRECTOR

Robert N. Frerichs

*

DIRECTOR

Marc L. Holtzman

*

DIRECTOR

Gina Loften

*

DIRECTOR

Ekta Singh-Bushell

* By /s/ Regina M. PaolilloDustin J. Semach under Power of Attorney as attached hereto as Exhibit 24.1

5150


F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders of TTEC Holdings, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TTEC Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries(the (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity, and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018,2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidatedfinancial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, and the results of itsoperations and itscash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20182021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20182021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customersleases in 2018.2019.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,, included in Management'sManagement’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidatedfinancial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits inin accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidatedfinancial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidatedfinancial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidatedfinancial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-2


As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Avtex Solutions Holdings, LLC (“Avtex”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2021. We have also excluded Avtex from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Avtex is a wholly owned subsidiary, whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 2.7% and 6.7%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Acquisition of Avtex Solutions Holdings, LLC - Valuation of Customer Relationships Intangible Asset

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, on April 8, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Avtex Solutions Holdings, LLC (“Avtex”) for the total purchase price of $499.946 million, which resulted in a $128.2 million customer relationships intangible asset being recorded. A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumptions utilized in calculating the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset were the customer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, contributory asset charge, and the discount rate.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of the customer relationships intangible asset acquired in the acquisition of Avtex is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate for the customer relationships intangible asset; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to the customer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, contributory asset charge, and the discount rate; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

F-3

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the acquisition accounting, including controls over management’s valuation of the customer relationships intangible asset and controls over the development of the customer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, contributory asset charge, and the discount rate. These procedures also included, among others (i) reading the purchase agreement, (ii) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate for the customer relationships intangible asset, (iii) evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation method, (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumptions used by management related to the customer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, contributory asset charge, and the discount rate, and (v) testing the completeness and accuracy of data used in the valuation. Evaluating the reasonableness of the customer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, contributory asset charge, and the discount rate involved considering the past performance of the acquired business as well as economic and industry forecasts. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s valuation method and the customer attrition rate, contributory asset charge, and discount rate assumptions.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Denver, Colorado

March 6, 20193, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.

F-3F-4


TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance SheetsSheets

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

78,237

 

$

74,437

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

350,962

 

 

391,902

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

 

88,487

 

 

63,971

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

8,791

 

 

11,099

 

Total current assets

 

 

526,477

 

 

541,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

161,523

 

 

163,346

 

Goodwill

 

 

204,633

 

 

209,727

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

15,523

 

 

12,012

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

80,911

 

 

93,085

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

65,441

 

 

59,157

 

Total long-term assets

 

 

528,031

 

 

537,327

 

Total assets

 

$

1,054,508

 

$

1,078,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

59,447

 

$

46,442

 

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

 

83,437

 

 

84,830

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

15,963

 

 

19,047

 

Income tax payable

 

 

12,325

 

 

7,497

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

44,926

 

 

21,650

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

19,320

 

 

22,312

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

235,418

 

 

201,778

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Line of credit

 

 

282,000

 

 

344,000

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

10,371

 

 

11,285

 

Non-current income tax payable

 

 

30,754

 

 

47,871

 

Deferred rent

 

 

16,584

 

 

15,714

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

126,532

 

 

95,243

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

466,241

 

 

514,113

 

Total liabilities

 

 

701,659

 

 

715,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Common stock; $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 46,194,717 and 45,861,959 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

 

 

462

 

 

459

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

353,932

 

 

351,725

 

Treasury stock at cost: 35,857,536 and 36,190,294 shares as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

 

 

(610,177)

 

 

(615,677)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(124,596)

 

 

(102,304)

 

Retained earnings

 

 

725,551

 

 

721,664

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

7,677

 

 

6,978

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

352,849

 

 

362,845

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,054,508

 

$

1,078,736

 

December 31,

December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$

158,205

$

132,914

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $5,409 and $5,067

 

357,310

 

378,397

Prepaids and other current assets

 

134,333

 

104,597

Income and other tax receivables

 

48,139

 

40,894

Total current assets

 

697,987

 

656,802

Long-term assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

168,404

 

178,706

Operating lease assets

90,180

120,820

Goodwill

 

739,481

 

363,502

Deferred tax assets, net

 

11,130

 

15,081

Other intangible assets, net

 

212,349

 

112,059

Other long-term assets

 

77,273

 

69,438

Total long-term assets

 

1,298,817

 

859,606

Total assets

$

1,996,804

$

1,516,408

LIABILITIES, STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MEZZANINE EQUITY

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

$

70,415

$

66,658

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

156,324

 

163,658

Other accrued expenses

 

63,369

 

55,915

Income tax payable

 

9,471

 

19,709

Deferred revenue

 

95,608

 

39,956

Current operating lease liabilities

44,460

43,651

Other current liabilities

 

4,749

 

6,623

Total current liabilities

 

444,396

 

396,170

Long-term liabilities

Line of credit

 

791,000

 

385,000

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

5,335

 

7,747

Non-current income tax payable

17,486

22,291

Non-current operating lease liabilities

64,419

98,277

Other long-term liabilities

 

79,827

 

96,185

Total long-term liabilities

 

958,067

 

609,500

Total liabilities

 

1,402,463

 

1,005,670

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

56,316

52,976

Stockholders’ equity

Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

 

0

 

0

Common stock; $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 46,990,031 and 46,737,033 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

470

 

467

Additional paid-in capital

 

361,135

 

360,293

Treasury stock at cost: 35,062,222 and 35,315,220 shares as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

 

(597,031)

 

(601,214)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(98,426)

 

(72,156)

Retained earnings

 

856,065

 

757,312

Noncontrolling interest

 

15,812

 

13,060

Total stockholders’ equity

 

538,025

 

457,762

Total liabilities, stockholders’ equity and mezzanine equity

$

1,996,804

$

1,516,408

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4F-5


TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)(Loss)

(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Revenue

 

 

$

1,509,171

 

$

1,477,365

 

$

1,275,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)

 

 

 

1,157,927

 

 

1,110,068

 

 

941,592

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

 

182,428

 

 

182,314

 

 

175,797

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

69,179

 

 

64,507

 

 

68,675

 

Restructuring and integration charges, net

 

 

 

6,131

 

 

14,665

 

 

4,392

 

Impairment losses

 

 

 

1,452

 

 

5,322

 

 

32,050

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

 

1,417,117

 

 

1,376,876

 

 

1,222,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

 

92,054

 

 

100,489

 

 

52,752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

 

4,476

 

 

2,841

 

 

1,234

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

(28,674)

 

 

(13,734)

 

 

(7,943)

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 

(11,618)

 

 

1,869

 

 

6,855

 

Loss on asset held for sale

 

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,578)

 

 

(2,600)

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

 

(35,816)

 

 

(11,602)

 

 

(2,454)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

 

56,238

 

 

88,887

 

 

50,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

(16,483)

 

 

(78,075)

 

 

(12,863)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

39,755

 

 

10,812

 

 

37,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

(3,938)

 

 

(3,556)

 

 

(3,757)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

 

$

35,817

 

$

7,256

 

$

33,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

39,755

 

$

10,812

 

$

37,435

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

(30,382)

 

 

8,285

 

 

(21,055)

 

Derivative valuation, gross

 

 

 

11,526

 

 

27,931

 

 

(7,838)

 

Derivative valuation, tax effect

 

 

 

(4,058)

 

 

(11,284)

 

 

2,330

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

308

 

 

105

 

 

721

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

(22,606)

 

 

25,037

 

 

(25,842)

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

17,149

 

 

35,849

 

 

11,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

(3,624)

 

 

(3,933)

 

 

(3,514)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

 

$

13,525

 

$

31,916

 

$

8,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

46,064

 

 

45,826

 

 

47,423

 

Diluted

 

 

 

46,385

 

 

46,382

 

 

47,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.71

 

Diluted

 

 

$

0.77

 

$

0.16

 

$

0.71

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Revenue

$

2,273,062

$

1,949,248

$

1,643,704

Operating expenses

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)

 

1,704,109

 

1,452,719

 

1,242,887

Selling, general and administrative

 

239,994

 

203,902

 

202,540

Depreciation and amortization

 

96,706

 

78,862

 

69,086

Restructuring charges, net

3,807

3,264

1,747

Impairment losses

 

11,254

 

5,809

 

3,735

Total operating expenses

 

2,055,870

 

1,744,556

 

1,519,995

Income from operations

 

217,192

 

204,692

 

123,709

Other income (expense)

Interest income

 

761

 

1,656

 

1,913

Interest expense

 

(12,384)

 

(17,489)

 

(19,113)

Other income (expense), net

 

2,315

 

(18,591)

 

3,902

Total other income (expense)

 

(9,308)

 

(34,424)

 

(13,298)

Income before income taxes

 

207,884

 

170,268

 

110,411

Provision for income taxes

 

(49,695)

 

(40,937)

 

(25,677)

Net income

 

158,189

 

129,331

 

84,734

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(17,219)

 

(10,683)

 

(7,570)

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

$

140,970

$

118,648

$

77,164

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Net income

$

158,189

$

129,331

$

84,734

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(17,551)

 

29,537

 

6,816

Derivative valuation, gross

 

(11,452)

 

5,717

 

16,990

Derivative valuation, tax effect

 

2,981

 

(1,468)

 

(4,530)

Other, net of tax

 

(391)

 

488

 

(786)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(26,413)

 

34,274

 

18,490

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

131,776

 

163,605

 

103,224

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(12,067)

 

(8,352)

 

(7,698)

Comprehensive income attributable to TTEC stockholders

$

119,709

$

155,253

$

95,526

Weighted average shares outstanding

Basic

 

46,890

 

46,647

 

46,373

Diluted

 

47,386

 

46,993

 

46,758

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

Basic

$

3.01

$

2.54

$

1.66

Diluted

$

2.97

$

2.52

$

1.65

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5F-6


TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Mezzanine Equity

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

    

 

    

    

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Accumulated

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Treasury

 

Additional

 

Comprehensive

 

Retained

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Stock

 

Paid-in Capital

 

Income (Loss)

 

Earnings

 

interest

 

Total Equity

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

 

$

 

48,481

 

$

485

 

$

(533,744)

 

$

347,251

 

$

(101,365)

 

$

720,989

 

$

7,201

 

$

440,817

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,678

 

 

3,757

 

 

37,435

 

Dividends to shareholders ($0.385 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,262)

 

 

 —

 

 

(18,262)

 

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,825)

 

 

(3,825)

 

Adjustments to redemption value of mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(466)

 

 

 

 

(466)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,812)

 

 

 

 

(243)

 

 

(21,055)

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,508)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,508)

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

297

 

 

 3

 

 

4,681

 

 

(8,614)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,930)

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 —

 

 

458

 

 

(82)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

376

 

Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

557

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

557

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

9,627

 

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

 

9,708

 

Purchases of common stock

 

 

 

 

(2,693)

 

 

(26)

 

 

(74,657)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(74,683)

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

721

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

731

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

46,114

 

$

462

 

$

(603,262)

 

$

348,739

 

$

(126,964)

 

$

735,939

 

$

6,981

 

$

361,895

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,256

 

 

3,556

 

 

10,812

 

Dividends to shareholders ($0.47 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,531)

 

 

 —

 

 

(21,531)

 

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,645)

 

 

(3,645)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,908

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

8,285

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,647

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

298

 

 

 3

 

 

4,913

 

 

(10,313)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,397)

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 —

 

 

994

 

 

1,156

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,150

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,143

 

 

 

 

 

 

(291)

 

 

11,852

 

Purchases of common stock

 

 

 

 

(610)

 

 

(6)

 

 

(18,322)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,328)

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

105

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

 

$

 

45,862

 

$

459

 

$

(615,677)

 

$

351,725

 

$

(102,304)

 

$

721,664

 

$

6,978

 

$

362,845

 

Cumulative effect of adopting accounting standard updates

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,584)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,584)

 

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

35,817

 

 

3,938

 

 

39,755

 

Dividends to shareholders ($0.55 per common share)

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(25,346)

 

 

 —

 

 

(25,346)

 

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,925)

 

 

(2,925)

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(30,068)

 

 

 —

 

 

(314)

 

 

(30,382)

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,468

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,468

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

318

 

 

 3

 

 

5,252

 

 

(9,898)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,643)

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

15

 

 

 —

 

 

248

 

 

(40)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

208

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12,145

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12,145

 

Purchases of common stock

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

308

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

308

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

46,195

 

$

462

 

$

(610,177)

 

$

353,932

 

$

(124,596)

 

$

725,551

 

$

7,677

 

$

352,849

 

Stockholders’ Equity of the Company

 

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

 

Other

 

Common Stock

Treasury

Additional

Comprehensive

Retained

Noncontrolling

Mezzanine

 

Shares

Amount

Stock

Paid-in Capital

Income (Loss)

Earnings

interest

Total Equity

Equity

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

46,195

$

462

$

(610,177)

$

353,932

$

(124,596)

$

725,551

$

7,677

$

352,849

$

Cumulative effect of adopting accounting standard updates

 

 

 

 

(758)

(758)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,164

 

6,969

 

84,133

 

601

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

48,322

Dividends to shareholders ($0.62 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,739)

 

 

(28,739)

 

Contribution from noncontrolling interest

3,362

3,362

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

(4,950)

(4,950)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

6,688

 

 

128

 

6,816

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

12,460

 

 

 

12,460

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

294

 

3

 

4,863

 

(10,337)

 

 

 

 

(5,471)

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

12,814

 

 

 

 

12,814

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(786)

 

 

 

(786)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

46,489

$

465

$

(605,314)

$

356,409

$

(106,234)

$

773,218

$

13,186

$

431,730

$

48,923

Net income

118,648

8,156

126,804

2,527

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

3,849

Dividends to shareholders ($2.88 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(134,554)

 

 

(134,554)

 

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

(8,478)

(8,478)

(2,323)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

29,341

 

 

196

 

29,537

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

4,249

 

 

 

4,249

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

248

 

2

 

4,100

 

(8,623)

 

 

 

 

(4,521)

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

12,507

 

 

 

 

12,507

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

488

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

46,737

$

467

$

(601,214)

$

360,293

$

(72,156)

$

757,312

$

13,060

$

457,762

$

52,976

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

140,970

 

12,210

 

153,180

 

5,009

Dividends to shareholders ($0.90 per common share)

 

 

 

 

(42,217)

(42,217)

Dividends distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,315)

 

(9,315)

 

(1,669)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

(17,408)

 

 

(143)

 

(17,551)

 

Derivatives valuation, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(8,471)

 

 

 

(8,471)

 

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

253

 

3

 

4,183

 

(15,583)

 

 

 

 

(11,397)

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

16,425

 

 

 

 

16,425

 

Other, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(391)

 

 

 

(391)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

46,990

$

470

$

(597,031)

$

361,135

$

(98,426)

$

856,065

$

15,812

$

538,025

$

56,316

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6F-7


TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsFlows

(Amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

39,755

 

$

10,812

 

$

37,435

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

69,179

 

 

64,507

 

 

68,675

 

Amortization of contract acquisition costs

 

 

3,015

 

 

1,678

 

 

659

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

992

 

 

745

 

 

753

 

Imputed interest expense and fair value adjustments to contingent consideration

 

 

10,217

 

 

51

 

 

(4,523)

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

3,679

 

 

458

 

 

1,164

 

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

 

 

111

 

 

3,694

 

 

(44)

 

Gain on sale of businesses and dissolution of entity

 

 

 —

 

 

(908)

 

 

 —

 

Impairment losses

 

 

1,452

 

 

5,322

 

 

32,050

 

Impairment on equity investment

 

 

15,632

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Gain (adjustment) on bargain purchase of a business

 

 

(685)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Non-cash loss on assets held for sale reclassified to held and used

 

 

1,616

 

 

 —

 

 

2,700

 

Non-cash loss on held for sale assets

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,600

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(7,975)

 

 

16,777

 

 

(1,583)

 

Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards

 

 

(635)

 

 

(2,192)

 

 

(601)

 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

 

12,145

 

 

11,852

 

 

9,773

 

(Gain) loss on foreign currency derivatives

 

 

1,524

 

 

(681)

 

 

1,710

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

29,985

 

 

(59,284)

 

 

(7,858)

 

Prepaids and other assets

 

 

(30,438)

 

 

(19,266)

 

 

(92)

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

11,713

 

 

18,968

 

 

(19,141)

 

Deferred revenue and other liabilities

 

 

7,063

 

 

60,619

 

 

(11,847)

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

168,345

 

 

113,152

 

 

111,830

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

 

 

34

 

 

39

 

 

114

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of acquisitions

 

 

(43,450)

 

 

(51,958)

 

 

(50,832)

 

Proceeds from sale of business

 

 

 —

 

 

636

 

 

 —

 

Investments in non-marketable equity investments

 

 

(2,119)

 

 

(1,384)

 

 

(3,179)

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $4,530, $5,997, and $2,655, respectively

 

 

(2,027)

 

 

(116,320)

 

 

(46,460)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(47,562)

 

 

(168,987)

 

 

(100,357)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from line of credit

 

 

2,162,400

 

 

2,293,587

 

 

2,093,500

 

Payments on line of credit

 

 

(2,224,400)

 

 

(2,166,887)

 

 

(1,976,200)

 

Payments on other debt

 

 

(5,989)

 

 

(6,041)

 

 

(3,222)

 

Payments of contingent consideration and hold-back payments to acquisitions

 

 

(1,349)

 

 

(1,409)

 

 

(9,467)

 

Dividends paid to shareholders

 

 

(25,346)

 

 

(21,531)

 

 

(18,262)

 

Payments to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(2,925)

 

 

(3,645)

 

 

(4,317)

 

Purchase of mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,105)

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

208

 

 

2,150

 

 

371

 

Tax payments related to issuance of restricted stock units

 

 

(4,643)

 

 

(5,397)

 

 

(3,933)

 

Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

601

 

Payments of debt issuance costs

 

 

(35)

 

 

(918)

 

 

(1,888)

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 —

 

 

(18,328)

 

 

(74,683)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(102,079)

 

 

71,581

 

 

(1,605)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(14,904)

 

 

3,427

 

 

(14,908)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

3,800

 

 

19,173

 

 

(5,040)

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

74,437

 

 

55,264

 

 

60,304

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

78,237

 

$

74,437

 

$

55,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

17,456

 

$

11,727

 

$

6,976

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

39,984

 

$

18,813

 

$

19,741

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of long-lived assets through capital leases

 

$

15,018

 

$

9,836

 

 

584

 

Acquisition of equipment through increase in accounts payable, net

 

$

339

 

$

97

 

$

(681)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

$

158,189

$

129,331

$

84,734

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

 

96,706

 

78,862

 

69,086

Amortization of contract acquisition costs

 

983

 

590

 

1,002

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

1,016

 

732

 

1,083

Imputed interest expense and fair value adjustments to contingent consideration

 

1,168

 

4,484

 

2,339

Provision for credit losses

 

(350)

 

494

 

1,711

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

 

1,127

 

521

 

189

Loss on dissolution of subsidiary

0

19,905

0

Impairment losses

 

11,254

 

5,809

 

3,735

Deferred income taxes

 

831

 

(5,193)

 

(1,376)

Excess tax benefit from equity-based awards

 

(5,301)

 

(726)

 

(1,231)

Equity-based compensation expense

 

16,425

 

12,507

 

12,814

(Gain) loss on foreign currency derivatives

 

(213)

 

103

 

(140)

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable

 

40,156

 

(40,625)

 

29,608

Prepaids and other assets

 

18,407

 

57,597

 

27,413

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(17,209)

 

76,726

 

97,268

Deferred revenue and other liabilities

 

(71,893)

 

(69,197)

 

(90,246)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

251,296

 

271,920

 

237,989

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets

 

93

 

20

 

382

Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of acquisitions

 

(60,358)

 

(59,772)

 

(60,776)

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired of $18,638, $4,423, and $4,547, respectively

 

(481,718)

 

(52,675)

 

(102,457)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(541,983)

 

(112,427)

 

(162,851)

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds(borrowings) from line of credit

 

406,000

 

95,000

 

8,000

Payments on other debt

 

(6,626)

 

(8,619)

 

(11,855)

Payments of contingent consideration and hold-back payments to acquisitions

 

(11,517)

 

(48,686)

 

(5,902)

Dividends paid to shareholders

(42,217)

(134,554)

(28,739)

Payments to noncontrolling interest

 

(10,984)

 

(10,801)

 

(4,950)

Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest

0

0

3,362

Tax payments related to issuance of restricted stock units

(11,397)

(4,521)

(5,471)

Payments of debt issuance costs

 

(3,614)

 

(45)

 

(1,819)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

319,645

 

(112,226)

 

(47,374)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

(7,291)

 

6,157

 

(410)

Increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

21,667

 

53,424

 

27,354

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

 

159,015

 

105,591

 

78,237

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

$

180,682

$

159,015

$

105,591

Supplemental disclosures

Cash paid for interest

$

11,188

$

10,233

$

13,108

Cash paid for income taxes

$

71,392

$

47,761

$

36,316

Non-cash investing and financing activities

Acquisition of long-lived assets through finance leases

$

912

$

1,852

3,731

Acquisition of equipment through increase in accounts payable, net

$

(2,243)

$

347

$

881

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7F-8


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Overview

TTEC Holdings, Inc. (“TTEC”, “the Company”; pronounced “T-TEC”)is a leading global customer experience technology and services company focused on the design, implementation and delivery of transformative solutionsas a service (“CXaaS”) partner for many of the world’s most iconic and disruptive brands.The Company helps large global companies TTEC designs, builds, orchestrates, and delivers seamless digitally enabled customer experiences that are designed to increase brand value, customer loyalty, revenue and reduce costsprofitability through personalized, outcome-based interactions. The Company helps clients improve their customer satisfaction while lowering their total cost to service by delivering personalizedcombining innovative digital solutions with service capabilities that deliver a frictionless customer experiencesexperience (“CX”) across every interactional channeldifferent channels and phasephases of the customer lifecycle as an end-to-end provider of customer engagement services, technologies, insights and innovations.lifecycle. TTEC’s 52,40065,000 employees serve clients in the automotive, communication, financial services, government,national/federal and state and local governments, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, e-tail/retail, technology, transportationtravel and traveltransportation industries via operations in the U.S.,United States, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, China, Costa Rica, Germany, Hong Kong,Greece, India, Ireland, Lebanon, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Turkey, the United Arab Emirates, and the United Kingdom.

We are organized intoThe Company operates and reports its financial results of operation through two centers of excellence:business segments: TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage.

·

TTEC Digital is one of the largest pure-play CX technology service providers with expertise in CX strategy, digital consulting, and transformation enabled by proprietary CX applications and technology partnerships. TTEC Digital designs, builds, and builds human centric, tech-enabled, insight-drivenoperates robust digital experiences for clients and their customers through the contextual integration and orchestration of customer experience solutions.

relationship management (“CRM”), data, analytics, CXaaS technology, and intelligent automation to ensure high-quality, scalable CX outcomes.

·

TTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery at scale. The segment delivers omnichannel customer care, tech support, order fulfillment, customer acquisition, growth, and retention services with industry specialization and distinctive CX capabilities for hypergrowth brands. TTEC Engage is the Company’s global delivery center of excellence that provides turnkey customer acquisition, care, revenue growth, digital fraud preventionalso delivers digitally enabled back office and detection, andindustry specific specialty services including artificial intelligence (“AI”) operations, content moderation, and fraud management services.

TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage strategically come together under our unified offering, HumanifyTM Customer Engagement as a Service,® CXaaS, which drives measurable customer results for clients through the delivery of personalized, omnichannel interactions that are seamlessexperiences. Our Humanify® cloud platform provides a fully integrated ecosystem of CX offerings, including messaging, AI, ML, RPA, analytics, cybersecurity, CRM, knowledge management, journey orchestration, and relevant.traditional voice solutions. Our end-to-end CXaaS platform differentiates us from competitors by combining design, strategic consulting, technology, data analytics, process optimization, system integration, and operational excellence along with our decades of industry know-how. This unified offering is value-oriented, outcome-based and delivered to large enterprises, governments, and hypergrowth companies on a global scale across four business segments: two of which comprise TTEC Digital - Customer Strategy Services (“CSS”) and Customer Technology Services (“CTS”); and two of which comprise TTEC Engage – Customer Growth Services (“CGS”) and Customer Management Services (“CMS”).scale.

Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements are comprised of the accounts of TTEC, its wholly owned subsidiaries, its 55% equity owned subsidiary Percepta, LLC, its 70% equity owned subsidiary First Call Resolution, LLC and its 100% interest in Motif,70% equity owned subsidiary Serendebyte, Inc. (see Note 2). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

As of December 31, 2018, one business unit in the CSS segment classified as assets and liabilities held for sale as of September 30, 2016, was reclassified as held and used as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. The assets and liabilities of the business unit are no longer separately identified as held for sale as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 (see Note 2).

During the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company recorded an additional tax expense of $1.1 million that should have been recorded in prior periods related to operations by an entity outside its country of incorporation. The total amount of $1.1 million should have been recorded as additional expense in the amount of $180 thousand in 2011, $123 thousand in 2012, $137 thousand in 2013, $358 thousand in 2014 and $301 thousand in 2015.

The Company has evaluated the impact of this adjustment and concluded that it was not material to the previously issued or current period Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-8F-9


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates including those related to derivatives and hedging activities, income taxes including the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, self-insurance reserves, litigation reserves, restructuring reserves, allowance for doubtful accounts,credit losses, contingent consideration, redeemable noncontrolling interest, and valuation of goodwill, long-lived and intangible assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. The Company regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and as necessary through the life of the client relationship. The Company does not believe it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, as the Company diversifies its activities across seveneight investment-grade financial institutions.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, andaccounts payable and debt approximate the carrying amounts because of their short-term nature.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all cash equivalents consist of cash, primarily held in interest-bearing investments, and highly liquid short-term investments, with anwhich have original maturitymaturities of less than 90 daysdays. Restricted cash includes cash whereby the Company’s ability to use the funds at any time is contractually limited or less to be cash equivalents. is generally designated for specific purposes arising out of certain contractual or other obligations.

The Company manages a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a focus on concentratingsafeguarding and safeguardingoptimizing the use of its global cash and cash equivalents. While the majority of theThe Company’s cash is held outsidein the U.S., the Company prefers to hold in U.S. Dollars in addition to the local currenciesdollars and outside of the U.S. in U.S. dollars and foreign subsidiaries.currencies. The Company believes that it has effectively mitigated and managed its risk relating to its global cash through its cash management practices, banking partners, and utilization of diversified bank deposit accounts and high quality investments. However, the Company can provide no assurances that it will not sustain losses.

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

Cash and cash equivalents

$

158,205

 

$

132,914

 

$

82,407

Restricted cash included in "Prepaid and other current assets"

 

22,477

 

26,101

 

23,172

Restricted cash included in "Other noncurrent assets"

 

 

 

12

Total

$

180,682

 

$

159,015

 

$

105,591

F-10

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Accounts Receivable

AnAt the end of each quarter an allowance for doubtful accounts is determinedcredit losses will be calculated based on the agingcurrent quarterly revenue multiplied by the historical loss percentage of the Company’s accounts receivable,prior three-year period and recorded in the income statement. In addition to the evaluation of historical experience, client financial condition,losses, the Company considers current and management judgment.future economic conditions and events such as changes in customer credit quality and liquidity. The Company writes offwill write-off accounts receivable against thethis allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible.

Derivatives

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. The Company also enters into interest rate derivatives which consist of interest rate swaps to reduce the Company’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with its variable rate debt. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents at the inception of the hedge all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging activities.

F-9


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

All derivative financial instruments are reported at fair value and recorded in Prepaids and other current assets, Other long-term assets, Other current liabilities, and Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as applicable for each period end. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Ineffectiveness is measured based on the change in fair value of the forward contracts and the fair value of the hypothetical derivatives with terms that match the critical terms of the risk being hedged. Based on the criteria established by current accounting standards, the Company’s cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the foreign currency cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transaction within Revenue.  Any realized gains or losses from the interest rate swaps are recognized in Interest expense. Gains and losses from the settlements of the Company’s net investment hedges remain in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.

The Company also enters into fair value derivative contracts that hedge against foreign currency exchange gains and losses primarily associated with short-term payables and receivables. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in Other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:

Building

    

30 years

Computer equipment and software

 

3 to 7 years

Telephone equipment

 

4 to 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of economic useful life (typically 10 years) or original lease term

Other

 

3 to 7 years

The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of an asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of forecasted future cash flows.

F-11

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to acquire or develop software for internal use. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life equal to the lesser of the license term or 4 or 7 years depending on the software type. ThePreviously, the expense related to these assets has been classified as amortization expense is recordedwithin the income statement. Based on the new guidance adopted as of January 1, 2020, the amortization of any assets that are classified as cloud computing arrangements will be expensed and included in Depreciationoperating expenses within the income statement. The expense for the portion of the internally developed software incurred prior to January 1, 2020 and any assets that are not related to a cloud computing arrangement, will remain in amortization inexpense on a go-forward basis, as the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).Company adopted the new standard on a prospective basis.

F-10


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Goodwill

The Company evaluates goodwill for possible impairment at least annually on December 1, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The Company uses a two steptwo-step process to assess the realizability of goodwill. The first step, Step 0, is a qualitative assessment that analyzes current economic indicators associated with a particular reporting unit. For example, the Company analyzes changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of a particular reporting unit. A qualitative assessment also includes analyzing the excess fair value of a reporting unit over its carrying value from impairment assessments performed in previous years. If the qualitative assessment indicates a stable or improved fair value, no further testing is required.

If a qualitative assessment indicates that a significant decline to fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not, or if a reporting unit’s fair value has historically been closer to its carrying value, the Company will proceed to Step 1 testing where the Company calculates the fair value of a reporting unit. If Step 1 indicates that the carrying value of a reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, the Company will record an impairment equal to the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value.

Other Intangible Assets

The Company has other intangible assets that include customer relationships (definite-lived), trade names (definite-lived) and non-compete agreements (definite-lived). Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from 31 to 12 years. The Company evaluates the carrying value of its definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A definite-lived intangible asset is considered to be impaired when the forecasted undiscounted cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value.

The Company evaluates indefinite-lived intangible assets for possible impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Similar to goodwill, the Company may first use a qualitative analysis to assess the realizability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets. The qualitative analysis will include a review of changes in economic, market and industry conditions, business strategy, cost factors, and financial performance, among others, to determine if there would be a significant decline to the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset. If a quantitative analysis is completed, an indefinite-lived intangible asset (i.e. trade name) is evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset with its carrying value. Fair value is estimated as the discounted value of future revenues arising from a trade name using a royalty rate that a market participant would pay for use of that trade name. An impairment charge is recorded if the trade name’sintangible asset’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.

Self Insurance Liabilities

The Company self-insures for certain levels of workers’ compensation, employee health, property, cyber risks, and general liability insurance. The Company records estimated liabilities for these insurance lines based upon analyses of historical claims experience. The most significant assumption the Company makes in estimating these liabilities is that future claims experience will emerge in a similar pattern with historical claims experience. The liabilities related to workers’ compensation and employee health insurance are included in Accrued employee compensation and benefits in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability for other general liability insurance is included in Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-11F-12


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Restructuring Liabilities

The Company routinely assesses the profitability and utilization of its customer engagement centers and existing markets. In some cases, the Company has chosen to close under-performing customer engagement centers and complete reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. Severance payments that occur from reductions in workforce are in accordance with the Company’s postemployment plans and/or statutory requirements that are communicated to all employees upon hire date; therefore, severance liabilities are recognized when they are determined to be probable and reasonably estimable. Other liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a plan.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations relate to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets resulting from the acquisition, construction, development and/or normal use of the underlying assets.

The Company records all asset retirement obligations at estimated fair value. The Company’s asset retirement obligations primarily relate to clauses in its customer engagement center operating leases which require the Company to return the leased premises to its original condition. The associated asset retirement obligations are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The liability, reported within Other long-term liabilities, is accreted through charges to operating expenses. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for an amount other than the carrying amount of the liability, the Company recognizes a gain or loss on settlement in operating expenses.

Income Taxes

Accounting for income taxes requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then be reduced by a valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the realization criteria established by current accounting standards.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. The Company evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under audit. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a part of the Provision for income taxes in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

No significant changes in indefinite reinvestment assertion were made during 2018.2021. The Company has completed its analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to prior changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any related taxes have been recorded. The Company generally intends to limit distributions from non-U.S. subsidiaries to cash balances available in foreign jurisdictions.

No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining outside basis difference inherent in our foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. Determination of any unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the outside basis difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent complexity of the multi-national tax environment in which we operate.

F-12


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Tax Reform

The United States recently enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "2017 Tax Act") that, among other things, reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and implements a territorial tax system, but imposes an alternative ��base erosion and anti-abuse tax” (“BEAT”), and an incremental tax on global intangible low taxed foreign income (“GILTI”) effective January 1, 2018. In addition, the law imposes a one-time mandatory repatriation tax on accumulated post-1986 foreign earnings on domestic corporations effective for the 2017 tax year. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed the accounting for the tax effects of the 2017 Tax Act and no material adjustment was recorded to the 2017 estimate.

While the Company’s accounting for the recorded impact of the 2017 Tax Act is deemed to be complete, these amounts are based on prevailing regulations and current information, and any additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could impact the Company’s recorded amounts in future periods.

The Company’s selection of an accounting policy with respect to both the new GILTI and BEAT rules is to compute the related taxes in the period the entity becomes subject to either. A reasonable estimate of the effects of these provisions has been included in the 2018 annual financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

2018 Revenue

The Company recognizes revenue from contracts and programs when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is recognized when or as performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of a promised good or service to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer. Performance obligation is the unit of accounting for revenue recognition under the provisions of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” and all related amendments (“ASC 606”). A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation in recognizing revenue.

F-13

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”) inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per FTE, per transaction or per call basis, which represents the majority of our contracts. These contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. For example, services for the training of the Company’s agents (which are separately billable to the customer) are a separate promise in the BPO contracts, but they are not distinct from the primary service obligations to transfer services to the customers. The performance of the customer service by the agents is highly dependent on the initial, growth, and seasonal training services provided to the agents during the life of a program. The training itself is not considered to have value to the customer on a standalone basis, and therefore, training on a standalone basis cannot be considered a separate unit of accounting. The Company therefore defers revenue from certain training services that are rendered mainly upon commencement of a new client contract or program, including seasonal programs. Revenue is also deferred when there is significant growth training in an existing program. Accordingly, recognition of initial, growth, and seasonal training revenues and associated costs (consisting primarily of labor and related expenses) are deferred and amortized over the period of economic benefit. With the exception of training which is typically billed upfront and deferred, the remainder of revenue is invoiced on a monthly or quarterly basis as services are performed and does not create a contract asset or liability.

In addition to revenue from BPO services, revenue also consists of fees from services for program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation services. The contracts containing these service offerings may contain multiple performance obligations. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using the best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract. The primary method used to estimate standalone selling price is the expected cost plus a margin approach, under which the Company forecasts its expected costs of satisfying a performance obligation and then adds an appropriate margin for that distinct good or service. The Company forecasts its expected cost based on historical data, current prevailing wages, other direct and indirect costs incurred in recently completed contracts,

F-13


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

market conditions, and other client specific other cost considerations. For these services, the point at which the transfer of control occurs determines when revenue is recognized in a specific reporting period. WhereWithin our Digital segment, where there are product sales, the attribution of revenue is maderecognized when FOB-destination delivery occurs (control transfers), whichthe transfer of control is completed and the standard shipment terms, and therefore at a point in time.products are delivered to the client’s location. Where services are rendered to a customer, the attribution is aligned with the progress of work and is recognized over time (i.e. based on measuring the progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation using an output method or an input method). Where output method is used, revenue is recognized on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer of the goods or services transferred relative to the remaining goods or services promised under the contract. The majority of the Company’s services are recognized over time using the input method in which revenue is recognized on the basis of efforts or inputs toward satisfying a performance obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, or time elapsed) relative to the total expected inputs to satisfy the performance obligation. The measures used provide faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services to the customers. For example, revenue is recognized on certain consulting contracts based on labor hours expended as a measurement of progress where the consulting work involves input of consultants’ time. The progress is measured based on the hours expended over total number of estimated hours included in the contract multiplied by the total contract consideration. The contract consideration can be a fixed price or an hourly rate, and in either case, the use of labor hours expended as an input measure provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services to the customers. Deferred revenues for these services represent amounts collected from, or invoiced to, customers in excess of revenues recognized. This results primarily from i) receipt of license fees that are deferred due to one or more of the revenue recognition criteria not being met, and ii) the billing of annual customer support agreements, annual managed service agreements, and billings for other professional services that have not yet been performed by the Company. The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These amounts are recorded in either Deferred revenue or Other long-term liabilities, as applicable, in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the period over which the Company expects to render services. Costs directly associated with revenue deferred, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred and recognized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract.

F-14

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Variable consideration exists in contracts for certain client programs that provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based conditions. Variable consideration is estimated at contract inception at its most likely value and updated at the end of each reporting period as additional performance data becomes available. Revenue related to such variable consideration is recognized only to the extent that a significant reversal of any incremental revenue is not considered probable.

Contract modifications are routine in the performance of the customer contracts. Contracts are often modified to account for customer mandated changes in the contract specifications or requirements, including service level changes. In most instances, contract modifications relate to goods or services that are incremental and distinctly identifiable, and, therefore, are accounted for prospectively.  

Incremental Costs to Obtain a Contract

Direct and incremental costs to obtain or fulfill a contract are capitalized, and the capitalized costs are amortized over the corresponding period of benefit, determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company recognizes an asset for the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if it expects to recover those costs. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that the Company incurs to obtain a customer contract that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained. Contract acquisition costs consist primarily of payment of commissions to sales personnel and are incurred when customer contracts are signed. The deferred sales commission amounts are amortized based on the expected period of economic benefit and are classified as current or non-current based on the timing of when they are expected to be recognized as an expense. Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was obtained are recognized as an expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained. Sales commissions are paid for obtaining new clients only and are not paid for contract renewals or contract modifications.Capitalized costs of obtaining contracts

F-14


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

are periodically reviewed for impairment. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company has a deferred asset of $8.2$6.4 million related to the sales commissions.

In certain cases, the Company negotiates an upfront payment to a customer in conjunction with the execution of a contract. Such upfront payments are critical to acquisition of new business and are often used as an incentive to negotiate favorable rates from the clients and are accounted for as upfront discounts for future services. Such payments are either made in cash at the time of execution of a contract or are netted against the Company’s service invoices. Payments to customers are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and are amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Such payments are considered a reduction of the selling prices of the Company’s products or services, and therefore, are accounted for as a reduction of revenue when amortized. Such capitalized contract acquisition costs are periodically reviewed for impairment taking into consideration ongoing future cash flows expected from the contract and estimated remaining useful life of the contract.

Practical Expedients and Exemptions

Some of the Company’s service contracts are short-term in nature with a contract term of one year or less. For those contracts, the Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14 exempting the Company from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Also in alignment with ASC 606-10-50-14, the Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts for which it recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services performed. Additionally, the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year. year from transfer of goods or services, as such, the election could apply. Given the foregoing, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component. Pursuant to the Company’s election of the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-2A, sales, value add, and other taxes that are collected from customers concurrent with revenue-producing activities, which the Company has an obligation to remit to the governmental authorities, are excluded from revenue.

2017 and Prior Revenue

The Company recognizes revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, the delivery of service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The BPO inbound and outbound service fees are based on either a per minute, per hour, per full-time employee, per transaction or per call basis. Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company achieves, exceeds or fails certain performance criteria. Adjustments to monthly billings consist of contractual bonuses/penalties, holdbacks and other performance based contingencies. Revenue recognition is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon delivery of future services or meeting other specified performance conditions.

Revenue also consists of services for agent training, program launch, professional consulting, fully-hosted or managed technology and learning innovation. These service offerings may contain multiple element arrangements whereby the Company determines if those service offerings represent separate units of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within the Company’s control. If those deliverables are determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue is recognized as services are provided. If those deliverables are not determined to be separate units of accounting, revenue for the delivered services are bundled into one unit of accounting and recognized over the life of the arrangement or at the time all services and deliverables have been delivered and satisfied. The Company allocates revenue to each of the deliverables based on a selling price hierarchy of vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), third-party evidence, and then estimated selling price. VSOE is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. Third-party evidence is based on largely interchangeable competitor services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. Estimated selling price is based on its best estimate of what the selling prices of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices in different geographies, service

F-15


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

offerings, and customer classifications. Once the Company allocates revenue to each deliverable, it recognizes revenue when all revenue recognition criteria are met.

Periodically, the Company will make certain expenditures related to acquiring contracts or provide up-front discounts for future services. These expenditures are capitalized as contract acquisition costs and amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Amortization of these contract acquisition costs is recorded as a reduction to revenue.

RentLease Expense

The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of rentlease payments over the initial term of its operating leases. The initial term could include the “build-out” period of leases, where no rentlease payments are typically due. The Company recognizes rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis to rentlease expense over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as an increasea reduction to deferred rent liabilitiesthe right of use asset and amortizeddepreciated on a straight line basis to rent expense over the initialremaining lease term.term once the assets are placed in service.

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

Equity-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted is determined based on the grant-date fair value net of an estimated forfeiture rate on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is typically the vesting term of the share-based payment award. The Company estimates the forfeiture rate annually based on its historical experience of forfeited awards.

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the last day of the period and income and expenses are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within Stockholders’ Equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in Other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606, using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in the deferral of certain fees that had already been recognized in prior periods. The Company recorded a net reduction to opening retained earnings of $10.0 million, net of tax, as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of adopting ASC 606, summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Adjustments Due to

 

January 1,

 

 

 

2017

 

ASU 2014-09

 

2018

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

$

63,971

 

$

10,797

 

$

74,768

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

12,012

 

 

4,006

 

 

16,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

21,650

 

$

24,785

 

$

46,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

$

721,664

 

$

(9,982)

 

$

711,682

 

The ASC 606 adjustments pertain to the timing of revenue recognition associated with upfront training fees on certain contracts. Revenues and associated costs for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are recognized and presented in compliance with the provisions of ASC 606. Consistent with the modified retrospective method of adoption, the Company has not adjusted prior period amounts which continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historic revenue accounting policy and principles.

F-16


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

In accordance with the new revenue standard requirements, the disclosure of the impact of adoption on the Company’s consolidated income statement and balance sheet was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended  December 31, 2018

 

 

    

 

    

Balances

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption of

 

Effect of Change

 

 

 

As reported

 

ASC 606

 

Higher/(Lower)

 

Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

1,509,171

 

$

1,500,171

 

$

9,000

 

Cost of services

 

 

1,157,927

 

 

1,153,299

 

 

4,628

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

16,483

 

 

15,215

 

 

1,268

 

Net income

 

$

39,755

 

$

36,651

 

$

3,104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

 

    

 

    

Balances

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption of

 

Effect of Change

 

 

 

As reported

 

ASC 606

 

Higher/(Lower)

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

$

88,487

 

$

82,319

 

$

6,168

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

15,523

 

 

12,708

 

 

2,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

44,926

 

$

29,140

 

$

15,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

$

725,551

 

$

732,354

 

$

(6,803)

 

Other Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases“Leases”, along with subsequent amendments, which amended the existing standards for lease accounting. The Company adopted ASU 2016-02 as of January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” (ASC 326), which amends the existing accounting standardsmethodology of how and when companies measure credit losses on financial instruments. The objective of the ASU is to provide financial statement users more useful information regarding expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses” which clarifies the scope of guidance in ASU 2016-13. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Targeted Transition Relief”, which amended the transition guidance for lease accounting, including requiring lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets related to the rights and obligations created by those leases and making targeted changes to lessor accounting. The ASU also requires new disclosures regarding the amounts, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases.credit losses standard. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018 and2019 with early adoption is permitted. The Company assigned a project manager, completed the assessment phase, has selected a software solution and other tracking methods, loaded and validated all data into the tool, and has finalized its implementation approach.

The Company has evaluated the adoption impact of the accounting guidance on its Consolidated Financial Statements. The new guidance will primarily impact the balance sheet by establishing a right to use asset and corresponding lease liability in our consolidated balance sheet for those leases that were previously classified as operating leases.

The new leasing standard requirespermitted, using a modified retrospective transition approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to use certain transition relief.approach. The Company has electedadopted the following in its transitionnew guidance effective January 1, 2020 and implementation approach:

1.

As a result of the targeted improvements issued in July 2018, the Company has elected the effective date as the date of initial application (i.e. January 1, 2019). The election allows the Company to recognize the effects of the implementation of ASC 842 as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other components of equity or net assets, as appropriate), in the period of adoption. There is no restatement of comparative periods under this approach.

F-17


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.

The Company has elected the package of practical expedients that allows the Companyadoption did not to reassess (a) whether any expired or existing contracts are leases or contain leases, (b) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (c) initial direct costs.

3.

The Company will not use hindsight during transition in determining the lease term and assessing impairment of the entity’s right-of-use assets.

4.

The Company will elect to not separate non-lease components from the lease components for certain asset classes, while separating in other asset classes.

5.

The Company will not apply the recognition requirements in ASC 842 for leases with a term of 12 months or less.

The Company is in the process of implementing procedures with our new lease accounting system and finalizing related internal controls to meet the requirements of ASU 2016-02. The Company does expect ASU 2016-02 to have a material impacteffect on our consolidated balance sheet, as we expect to record significant right-of-use assets and corresponding lease liabilities. However, the Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to have a material impact on our consolidated statement of comprehensive income or cash flows. The Company will be in a position to report under this new standard in the first quarter of 2019.financial statements. See Note 4 for additional disclosures.

In August 2016,2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement2018-15 “Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract” (“CCA”), which aligns the accounting for the costs of Cash Flows”. ASU 2016-15 is intendedimplementing CCA’s with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to reduce diversity in practice regarding how certain cash transactions are presented and classified in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows by providing guidance on eight specific cash flow issues.develop or obtain hosting arrangement. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017.2019, using a prospective or retrospective transition approach. The Company has adopted the new guidance effective January 1, 20182020 using the prospective approach and thisthe adoption did not have a material impacteffect on its cash flow or related disclosures.the financial statements.

In August 2017,December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Hedging Activities”. ASU 2017-12 amends and simplifies existing guidance for derivatives and hedges including aligning accounting with companies’ risk management strategies and increasing disclosure transparency regarding both the scope and results of hedging programs. The changes include designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results.Income Taxes” (ASU 740), which is intended to simplify various aspects related to income tax accounting. The ASU is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018 and2020 with early adoption is permitted. The Company has assessedadopted the impactnew guidance effective January 1, 2021, and the adoption had no effect on the consolidatedfinancial statements andor related disclosures and notes there will be no material impacts when adopted on January 1, 2019.during the year.

F-16

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

In February 2018,October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 220)805), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects“Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”. ASU 2018-02 allows companiesContracts with Customers”, which now requires the optionacquirer to reclassify stranded tax effects from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) to retained earnings resulting fromaccount for revenue contracts in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had acquired the newly enacted corporate tax rate in the Tax Cutscontract, versus recording these assets and Jobs Act. If adopted, theliabilities at fair value on acquisition date. The ASU is effective in yearsfor interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018, and2022 with early adoption is permitted. The Company early adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2018 andguidance during the fourth quarter of 2021 which required application to all acquisitions completed during the adoption didyear. See further discussion in Note 2.

Other Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform” (Topic 848), which provides optional expedients and exceptions for contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform due to the anticipated cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) on or before December 31, 2021. The ASU is effective from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022 and could impact the accounting for LIBOR provisions in the Company’s credit facility agreement. In addition, in January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform – Scope,” which clarified the scope of ASC 848 relating to contract modifications. The Company has not yet adopted the standard but does not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

(2)ACQUISITIONS

Faneuil

On December 21, 2021, TTEC Government Solutions LLC, a TTEC Holdings, Inc.’s subsidiary, entered into an agreement with Faneuil, Inc., a subsidiary of ALJ Regional Holdings, Inc., pursuant to which and subject to the satisfaction of certain closing conditions, TTEC Government Solutions LLC will acquire certain public sector citizen experience contracts in the transportation infrastructure and healthcare exchange industries from Faneuil for cash consideration of $140.0 million plus certain future contingent payments, and customary adjustments; and subject to customary indemnification for representations and warranties of the sellers about the state of the business. In addition, Faneuil agreed to grant to TTEC Government Solutions LLC a three-year call right and a right of first offer to purchase certain other assets of Faneuil in its financial position.utilities, commercial healthcare, proprietary technology, and certain other verticals.

Transaction closing is contingent on (1) the satisfactory completion of Hard-Scott-Rodino competition review by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, which was accomplished at the end of January 2021; (2) the receipt of consents to assignment of contracts which is on-going; and (3) the completion of customary transition services agreements between TTEC and Faneuil to support the transition. Based on the currently available information, parties anticipate that the transaction will close in the first quarter of 2022.

(2)ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES

Strategic Communications ServicesAvtex

On April 30, 2018,8, 2021, the Company acquired, allthrough its subsidiary TTEC Digital, LLC, 100% of the outstanding equity securitiesstock of Strategic Communications Services, LtdAvtex Solutions Holdings, LLC (“SCS”Avtex”). SCS provides servicesAvtex is an end-to-end customer experience and CXaaS solutions provider with offerings in Genesys and Microsoft cloud solutions. The business is operated as a system integrator for multichannel contact center platforms, including CISCO. The Company offers in-house, managedpart of the TTEC Digital segment and outsourced network, information, communications and contact center services to leading brands throughout Europe. This business has been integratedis being fully consolidated into the Company’s CTS segment.financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid at acquisition was £4.4$499.946 million ($6.1490.0 million USD) (inclusive of $4.5 million related tobase purchase price plus cash, balances)less debt and working capital estimate). The purchase price wasAvtex transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, indemnities,holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. The agreement includes potential earn-out payments overCompany used cash from operations and drew down on its Credit Facility to fund the next three years with a maximum value of £3.0 million ($4.1 million USD) contingent on EBITDA performance over the next three years.acquisition. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for an additional $210 thousand$0.1 million during the third quarter of 20182021 which was paid by Avtex to the Company in October 2018.

the third quarter of 2021.

F-18F-17


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The fair valueDuring the fourth quarter of 2021, TTEC implemented ASU 2021-08 which required an accounting modification to the contingent consideration has been measured based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs). Key assumptions include a discount rate of 4.7% and expected future value of payments of $2.9 million. The $2.9 million of expected future payments was calculated using probability weighted EBITDA assessment with the highest probability associated with SCS achieving the targeted EBITDA for each earn-out year. Asdeferred revenue balance as of the acquisition date (see discussion above in Note 1). The deferred revenue balance was evaluated as if TTEC had been the company securing the initial contract and accounted for these contracts in accordance with ASC 606. Based on this re-assessment, the $4.9 million reduction initially recorded to deferred revenue in connection with the purchase price accounting was eliminated and an offsetting increase to Goodwill was recorded as of the acquisition date. In connection with this modification, revenue of $3.4 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2021 related to deferred revenue from the second and third quarters of 2021.

A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the contingent consideration was $2.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2018, a $0.3 million net benefit was recorded related to  a fair value adjustment of the estimated contingent consideration based on revised actuals and estimates of EBITDA performance for 2018, 2019 and 2020.customer relationships intangible asset. The benefit was includedsignificant assumptions utilized in Other Income (Expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2018,calculating the fair value of the contingent consideration was $2.4 million, of which zerocustomer relationships intangible asset were the customer attrition rate, revenue growth rates, forecasted EBITDA, contributory asset charge, and $2.4 million were included in Other accrued expenses and Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively.discount rate.

The following summarizes the preliminary estimated fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

    

Preliminary

 

 

Estimate of

 

 

Acquisition Date

 

 

Fair Value

 

    

Preliminary

 

Estimate of

 

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

 

$

4,530

 

$

18,638

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

985

 

 

22,214

Prepaid expenses

 

 

39

 

 

26,389

Current income tax receivables

93

Net fixed assets

3,162

Right of use assets

3,614

Other Assets

480

Tradename

5,300

Intellectual property intangible

770

Customer relationships

 

 

3,619

 

128,200

Goodwill

 

 

1,231

 

378,882

 

$

10,404

 

 

 

 

 

$

587,742

Accounts payable

 

$

216

 

$

20,580

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

 

27

 

Accrued employee compensation

 

4,325

Accrued expenses

 

 

21

 

250

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

629

 

 

$

893

 

 

 

 

 

Right of use liability - current

678

Deferred revenue

 

56,765

Accrued income taxes

332

Deferred tax liability

1,930

Right of use liability - noncurrent

 

2,936

$

87,796

Total purchase price

 

$

9,511

 

$

499,946

The estimates of fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary, pending finalization of athe valuation and tax returns, thus are subject to revisions that may result in adjustments to the valuesvalue presented above.

The SCSAvtex customer relationships, intellectual property intangible, and tradename have been estimated based on the initial valuation and will be amortized over an estimated useful lifelives of 10 years.9, 3, and 1 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the SCSAvtex acquisition is estimated to be attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with CTS. Nonethe TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be materially deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of Avtex are reported within the TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.

F-18

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

VoiceFoundry US

On August 5, 2020, TTEC Digital, LLC, closed the first phase of the acquisition of the VoiceFoundry business by acquiring 100% of the business’s net assets in the U.S. and U.K., (the “VF US Transaction”). VoiceFoundry is a preferred Amazon Connect cloud contact center service and implementation partner. The business has been integrated into the TTEC Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid at acquisition was $34.3 million. The VF US Transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and working capital adjustments. The VF US Transaction includes two contingent payments over the next two years with each payment having a maximum value of $7.4 million based on VF US’s EBITDA performance for 2020 and 2021. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for $0.3 million which was paid to VoiceFoundry during the first quarter of 2021.

The fair value of the contingent consideration has been estimated using a Monte Carlo model. The model was based on current expected EBITDA performance, a discount rate of 23.1%, a volatility rate of 47%, and an adjusted risk-free rate of 2.6%. Based on the model, a $10.9 million expected future payment was calculated and recorded as of the acquisition date. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the first quarter of 2021, the second quarter of 2021 and the fourth quarter of 2021, a $3.2 million expense, a $0.5 million expense, a $0.2 million expense, and a $25 thousand expense, respectively, were recorded related to a fair value adjustment of the estimated contingent consideration based on revised estimates of EBITDA performance for 2021. The expense was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). During the first quarter of 2021, the contingent payment related to 2020 was finalized at a value of $7.4 million and was paid in April 2021. During the first quarter of 2022, the contingent payment related to 2021 was finalized at a value of $7.4 million and will be paid in April 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the value of the accrual is $7.4 million and is included in Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumption utilized in calculating the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset was the customer attrition rate.

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Accounts receivable, net

$

3,758

Prepaid and other expenses

 

345

Tradename

 

400

Non-compete

 

150

Customer relationships

 

6,550

Goodwill

35,881

$

47,084

Accounts payable

$

289

Accrued employee compensation

 

741

Deferred revenue

 

170

$

1,200

Total purchase price

$

45,884

In the first quarter of 2021, the Company finalized the valuation of VF US for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required.

F-19

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The VF US customer relationships and tradename are being amortized over useful lives of 4 and 2 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the VF US acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of SCSVF US are reported within the CTSTTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.

Berkshire Hathaway Specialty ConciergeVoiceFoundry ASEAN

On March 31, 2018,November 4, 2020, TTEC Europe BV, a subsidiary of the Company, through its subsidiary Percepta, acquired certain assets from Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Concierge, LLCclosed the final phase of the acquisition of the VoiceFoundry business by acquiring 100% of the issued stock of Saasy Ventures Pty Ltd. (“BH”Saasy”, “VF ASEAN”) related to a customer engagement center and the related customer contracts. This acquisition is being accounted for as a. The business combination. These assets will behas been integrated into the Company’s CMS segment.TTEC Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid at acquisition was $15.2 million. The VF ASEAN Transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and working capital adjustments. The VF ASEAN Transaction includes two contingent payments over the next two years with each payment having a maximum value of $2.2 million based on VF ASEAN’s EBITDA performance for 2020 and 2021. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for $0.2 million which was paid from VoiceFoundry during the third quarter of 2021.

The total cash paid was $1. In connection with the purchase, Percepta assumed the lease for the customer engagement center and entered into a transitional services agreement with BH to facilitate the transferfair value of the employeescontingent consideration has been estimated using a Monte Carlo model. The model was based on current expected EBITDA performance, a discount rate of 18.4%, a volatility rate of 50%, and business. Fair values were assigned to each purchased asset including $257 thousand for customer relationships, $330 thousand as a lease subsidy and $98 thousand for fixed assets.an adjusted risk-free rate of 1.6%. Based on the $1 purchase price,model, a gain$2.8 million expected future payment was calculated and recorded as of the acquisition date. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the first quarter of 2021, the second quarter of 2021 and the fourth quarter of 2021, a $1.2 million expense, a $0.4 million expense, a $0.1 million benefit and a $0.1 million expense, respectively, were recorded related to fair value adjustments of the estimated contingent consideration based on purchaseestimates of $685 thousand was recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2018EBITDA performance for 2020 and was2021. These expenses/benefits were included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). During the first quarter of 2021, the contingent payment related to 2020 was finalized at a value of $2.2 million and was paid in April 2021. During the first quarter of 2022, the contingent payment related to 2021 was finalized at a value of $2.2 million and will be paid in April 2022. As of December 31, 2021, the value of the accrual is $2.2 million and is included in Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach was used to estimate the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset. The significant assumption utilized in calculating the fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset was the customer attrition rate.

F-19F-20


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Motif

On November 8, 2017, the Company agreed to acquire all of the outstanding shares in Motif, Inc., a California corporation (“Motif”). Motif is a digital fraud prevention and detection, and content moderation services company serving eCommerce marketplaces, online retailers, travel agencies and financial services companies. Motif provides omni-channel community moderation services via voice, email and chat from delivery centers in India and the Philippines via approximately 2,700 employees.  Motif has been integrated into the CMS segment.

The acquisition will be implemented through two separate transactions.  In November 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of 70% of all outstanding shares in Motif from private equity and certain individual investors for $46.8 million, subject to customary representations and warranties, and working capital adjustments. The Company also agreed to purchase the remaining 30% interest in Motif from Motif’s founders (“Founders’ Shares”) no later than May 2020 (“30% buyout period”). The Company agreed to pay for the Founders’ Shares at a purchase price to be determined on Motif’s fiscal year 2020’s adjusted normalized EBITDA, $5.0 million in cash, and 30% of the excess cash present in the business at the time of the buyout; or if the buyout occurs prior to May 2020, based on the trailing twelve months EBITDA, calculated from the most recently completed full monthly period ending prior to the date of the buyout triggering event, $5.0 million in cash, and 30% of the excess cash in the business at that point. In connection with this mandatory buyout, the Company has recorded a $37.8 million liability as of December 31, 2018 which is included in Other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a part of the transition, the Motif founders agreed to continue to stay as executives in the acquired business, at least through the 30% buyout period, and not to compete with the Company with respect to the acquired business.

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.date (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition Date

 

 

Fair Value

 

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

 

$

5,997

 

$

1,300

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

5,187

 

937

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,248

 

Other current assets

 

 

670

 

Prepaid and other expenses

 

115

Income tax receivable

30

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

2,182

 

274

Income tax receivable

 

 

1,691

 

Tradename

 

300

Customer relationships

 

 

37,200

 

 

3,100

Goodwill

 

 

39,147

 

14,418

 

$

93,322

 

 

 

 

 

$

20,474

Accounts payable

 

$

2,789

 

$

960

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

 

5,249

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

104

 

Accrued employee compensation

 

113

Deferred revenue

236

Deferred tax liability

 

 

11,402

 

1,013

Other

 

 

340

 

 

$

19,884

 

 

 

 

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

(78)

$

2,244

Total purchase price

 

$

73,438

 

$

18,230

In the fourthsecond quarter of 2018,2021, the Company finalized itsthe valuation of Motiffor VF ASEAN for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required.

The MotifVF ASEAN customer relationships and tradename are being amortized over a useful lifelives of 11 years.4 and 2 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the MotifVF ASEAN Transaction is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with TTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be not deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of VF ASEAN are reported within the TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.

Serendebyte

On February 7, 2020, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Digital LLC, 70% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Serendebyte Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Serendebyte Transaction”). Serendebyte is an autonomous customer experience and intelligent automation solutions provider based in India, the United States, and Canada. The business has been integrated into the TTEC Digital segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid at acquisition, for 70% of the outstanding shares of capital stock, was $9.0 million. The Serendebyte Transaction is subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. The Company finalized the net working capital adjustment for $0.8 million during the second quarter of 2020 which was paid by Serendebyte to the Company in the second quarter of 2020.

F-21

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of the closing of the Serendebyte Transaction, Serendebyte’s founder and certain members of its management continued to hold the remaining 30% interest in Serendebyte, Inc. (“Remaining Interest”). Between January 31, 2023 and December 31, 2023, Serendebyte’s founder and the management team shall have an option to sell to TTEC Digital LLC and TTEC Digital LLC shall have an option to purchase the Remaining Interest at a purchase price equal to a multiple of Serendebyte’s adjusted trailing twelve month EBITDA for this particular acquisition. The noncontrolling interest was recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. The fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs) including forecasted earnings, discount rate of 35%, working capital requirements and applicable tax rates. The noncontrolling interest was valued at $3.8 million at the acquisition date and is shown as Redeemable noncontrolling interest in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognizes changes in the redemption value of the Redeemable noncontrolling interest immediately as they occur but does not reduce the carrying value below the carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 810 (that amount being determined based on the allocation of income or loss to the noncontrolling interest as adjusted for distributions). At each subsequent reporting date, the current redeemable value is calculated and, if necessary, an adjustment is recorded to increase or decrease the noncontrolling interest account to reflect the appropriate balance, with the corresponding adjustment to retained earnings. As of December 31, 2021, no adjustments have been recorded related to changes in the estimated redemption value.

As a condition to closing, Serendebyte’s founder and certain members of the management team agreed to continue their affiliation with Serendebyte at least through 2023, and the founder agreed not to compete with TTEC for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest.

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

$

3,123

Accounts receivable, net

 

1,243

Prepaid and other expenses

 

1,327

Property, plant and equipment

20

Deferred tax assets

14

Tradename

400

Customer relationships

1,920

Goodwill

9,033

$

17,080

Accounts payable

$

120

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

1,025

Accrued income taxes

 

170

Accrued expenses

2,208

Deferred tax liabilities - long-term

 

629

$

4,152

Total purchase price

$

12,928

In the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company finalized the valuation of Serendebyte for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed and determined no material adjustments to any of the balances were required.

At the date of the purchase, an additional $2.2 million of cash was retained in the entity that was withdrawn by the holders of the Remaining Interest during the second quarter of 2020.

The Serendebyte customer relationships and tradename are being amortized over useful lives of 5 and 3 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the Serendebyte acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with CMS. NoneTTEC Digital segment. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will not be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of Serendebyte are reported within the TTEC Digital segment from the date of acquisition.

F-22

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

First Call Resolution

On October 26, 2019, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary TTEC Services Corporation (“TSC”), 70% of the outstanding membership interest in First Call Resolution, LLC (“FCR”), an Oregon limited liability company (“the FCR Transaction”). FCR is a customer care, social networking and business process solutions service provider with approximately 2,000 employees based in the U.S. The business has been integrated into the Engage segment and is being fully consolidated into the financial statements of TTEC.

Total cash paid at acquisition was $107.0 million, inclusive of $4.5 million related to cash balances, for the 70% membership interest in FCR. The FCR Transaction was subject to customary representations and warranties, holdbacks, and a net working capital adjustment. The FCR Transaction included a potential contingent payment with a maximum value of $10.9 million based on FCR’s 2020 EBITDA performance. The Company finalized the working capital adjustment for $0.7 million during the first quarter of 2020 which was paid by FCR to TSC in March 2020.

As of the closing of the FCR Transaction, Ortana Holdings, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Ortana”), owned by the FCR founders, will continue to hold the remaining 30% membership interest in FCR (“Remaining Interest”). Between January 31, 2023 and December 31, 2023, Ortana shall have an option to sell to TSC and TSC shall have an option to purchase from Ortana the Remaining Interest at a purchase price equal to a multiple of FCR’s adjusted trailing twelve month EBITDA for this particular acquisition and not to compete with the Company for a period of four years after the disposition of the Remaining Interest. The noncontrolling interest was recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. The fair value was based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs) including forecasted earnings, discount rate of 19.6%, working capital requirements and applicable tax rates. The noncontrolling interest was valued at $48.3 million on the acquisition date and is shown as Redeemable noncontrolling interest in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company recognizes changes in the redemption value of the Redeemable noncontrolling interest immediately as they occur but does not reduce the carrying value below the carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 810 (that amount being determined based on the allocation of income or loss to the noncontrolling interest as adjusted for distributions). At each subsequent reporting date, the current redeemable value is calculated and, if necessary, an adjustment is recorded to increase or decrease the noncontrolling interest account to reflect the appropriate balance, with the corresponding adjustment to retained earnings. As of December 31, 2021, no adjustments have been recorded related to changes in the estimated redemption value.

The fair value of the contingent consideration has been measured based on significant inputs not observable in the market (Level 3 inputs). Significant assumptions include a discount rate of 16.7% expected forecast volatility of 20%, an equivalent metric risk premium of 15.1%, risk-free rate of 1.6% and a credit spread of 1.8%. Based on these, a $6.5 million expected future payment was calculated. As of the acquisition date, the present value of the contingent consideration was $6.1 million. During the first, second and fourth quarters of 2020, $3.3 million, $1.1 million and $1.8 million of net benefits, respectively, were recorded related to fair value adjustment of the estimated contingent consideration based on revised actuals and estimates of EBITDA performance for 2020. The benefits were included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2021, the final value of the contingent consideration was calculated at 0 based on actual performance for 2020.

F-23

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

Acquisition Date

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

$

5,225

Accounts receivable, net

 

10,659

Prepaid expenses

357

Property and equipment

6,006

Other assets

224

Operating lease assets

5,127

Tradename

 

8,600

Customer relationships

 

38,540

Goodwill

96,739

$

171,477

Accounts payable

$

388

Operating lease liability - short-term

1,160

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

4,049

Accrued expenses

 

72

Operating lease liability - long-term

 

3,967

$

9,636

Total purchase price

$

161,841

In the first quarter of 2020, the Company finalized its valuation of FCR for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required.

As part of the purchase, an additional net $0.7 million of cash was retained in the entity to pay for certain Ortana liabilities that had been recorded prior to the acquisition.

The FCR customer relationships and tradename are being amortized over a useful life of 10 and 4 years, respectively. The goodwill recognized from the FCR acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired workforce and expected synergies with Engage. The tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and intangibles and operating results of MotifFCR are reported within the CMSEngage segment from the date of acquisition.

F-20


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Connextions

On April 3, 2017, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Connextions, Inc., a health care customer service provider company, from OptumHealth Holdings, LLC. Connextions has been integrated into the health care vertical of the CMS segment of the Company. Connextions employed approximately 2,000 at several centers in the U.S.

The total cash paid at acquisition was $80 million. The purchase price is subject to customary representations and warranties, indemnities, and net working capital adjustment. In connection with the acquisition, the Company and OptumHealth (directly and through affiliates) also entered into long-term technology and customer services agreements, and into transition services agreements to facilitate the transfer of the business. The Company subsequently paid an additional $1.8 million for the working capital adjustment, which was paid during the third quarter of 2017. Additionally, fair value adjustments related to the transition services agreements reduced the purchase price by $4.1 million resulting in a net purchase price of $77.7 million.

The following summarizes the fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition Date

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Cash

 

$

 —

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

15,959

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

241

 

Other current assets

 

 

51

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

7,594

 

Customer relationships

 

 

35,000

 

Goodwill

 

 

35,272

 

 

 

$

94,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

 1

 

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

 

346

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

386

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

15,273

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

399

 

 

 

$

16,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total purchase price

 

$

77,712

 

In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company finalized its valuation of Connextions for the acquisition date assets acquired and liabilities assumed and determined that no material adjustments to any of the balances were required. 

The Connextions customer relationships are being amortized over a useful life of 12 years. The goodwill recognized from the Connextions acquisition is attributable, but not limited to, the acquired work force and expected synergies with CMS. None of the tax basis of the acquired intangibles and goodwill will be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquired goodwill and the operating results of Connextions are reported within the CMS segment from the date of acquisition.

Financial Impact of Acquired Businesses

The acquired businesses purchased in 20182021, 2020 and 20172019 noted above contributed revenues of $190.1$147.7 million, $19.4 million and $100.3$18.6 million, and a net income (loss) of $5.0$9.8 million, $1.9 million and $(4.2)$1.4 million, inclusive of $6.5 million and $2.6 million of acquired intangible amortization, to the Company in the respective year in which they were acquired for the years ended December 31, 20182021, 2020 and 2017,2019, respectively.

F-21


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The unaudited proforma financial results for the twelve months ended 2018 and 20172021 combines the consolidated results of the Company SCS, BH, Motif, and ConnextionsAvtex assuming the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2020. The reported revenue and net income of $2,273.1 million and $141.0 million would have been $2,320.1 million and $140.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.

The unaudited proforma financial results for the twelve months ended 2020 combines the consolidated results of the Company, and Avtex assuming the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2020 and VoiceFoundry US, VoiceFoundry ASEAN and Serendebyte, assuming the acquisitions had been completed on January 1, 2017.  The reported revenue and net income of  $1,477.4 million and $7.3 million would have been $1,560.1 million and $13.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.

2019. For 2018,2020, the reported revenue and net income of $1,509.2$1,949.2 million and $35.8$118.6 million would have been $1,513.2$2,135.6 million and $36.3$115.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018,2020, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.

F-24

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The unaudited proforma financial results for the twelve months ended 2019 combines the consolidated results of the Company and VoiceFoundry US, VoiceFoundry ASEAN and Serendebyte, assuming the acquisitions had been completed on January 1, 2019 and also includes FCR assuming the acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2018. For 2019, the reported revenue and net income of $1,643.7 million and $77.2 million would have been $1,741.3 million and $87.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, respectively, on an unaudited proforma basis.

The Company did not have any material, nonrecurring proforma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported proforma revenue earnings. These proforma amounts have been calculated after applying the Company’s accounting policies and adjusting the respective acquired businesses’ results to reflect the additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets had been applied from the date indicated, with the consequential tax effects.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated results are not to be considered indicative of the results if these acquisitions occurred in the periods mentioned above, or indicative of future operations or results. Additionally, the pro forma consolidated results do not reflect any anticipated synergies expected as a result of the acquisition.

Assets and Liabilities Held for SaleDissolutions

DuringIn the third quarterordinary course of 2016,business, the Company determinedoperates different legal entities around the globe that one business unit fromhave functional currencies other than USD. From time-to-time, the CGS segment and one business unit from the CSS segment would be divested from the Company’s operations. These business units met the criteria to be classified as held for sale. The Company took into consideration the discounted cash flow models, management input based on early discussions with brokers and potential buyers, and third-party evidence from similar transactions to complete the fair value analysis as there had not been a selling price determined at this point for either unit. For the two business units in CGS and CSS losses of $2.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively, were recorded as of December 31, 2016 in Loss on assets held for sale in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

For the business unit in CGS, based on further discussion and initial offers, management determined that the estimated selling price assumed should be revised and an additional $3.2 million loss was recorded as of June 30, 2017 and included in Loss on assets held for sale in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Effective December 22, 2017, the business unit was sold to The Search Agency (“TSA”) for an up-front payment of $245 thousand and future contingent earnout on the one year anniversaryliquidates some of the closing date. Duringentities when they are no longer needed to operate its business, and also forms new entities to support the fourth quarterneeds of 2017, a net $0.6 million gain was recordedthe business. The liquidation proceedings may take different forms, take considerable amount of time, and may also result in Loss on assets held for sale inlosses or gains unrelated to operations. In the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

For the business unit in CSS, based on further discussions and the offer at that time, management determined that the estimated selling price assumed should be revised and an additional $2.0 million loss was recorded during thesecond quarter ended June 30, 2018 and2020, the Company exited a foreign subsidiary that resulted in a non-cash $2.5 million loss included in Loss on assets held for sale in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

As of December 31, 2018, management determined that the business unit in CSS should be reclassified from assets held for sale to assets held and used. At this point, a fair value assessment of this specific balance sheet was completed and a $0.4 million gain was recorded during the quarter ended December 31, 2018. This gain in addition to the $2.0 million loss recorded earlier in 2018 were reclassified to Other Income (Expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2018. The assets and liabilities of the business are no longer separately identified as held for sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the estimated loss on sale recorded during 2016 has been reclassified to Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

F-22


Table from the realization of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Investments

CaféX

In the first quarter of 2015, the Company invested $9.0 million in CafeX Communications, Inc. (“CaféX”) through the purchase of a portion of its outstanding Series B Preferred Stock of CaféX. CaféX is a provider of omni-channel web-based real time communication (WebRTC) solutions that enhance mobile applications and websites with in-app video communication and screen share technology to increase customer satisfaction and enterprise efficiency. At December 31, 2015, the Company owned 17.2% of the total equity of CaféX. During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company invested an additional $4.3 million to purchase a portion of the Series C Preferred Stock of CaféX; of which $3.2 million was paid in the fourth quarter of 2016 and $1.1 million was paid in the first quarter of 2017. At December 31, 2018, the Company owns 17.2% of the total equity of CaféX. The investment is accounted for under the cost method of accounting. The Company evaluates its investments for possible other-than-temporary impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.

During the first quarter of 2018, the Company provided a $2.1 million bridge loan which accrues interest at a rate of 12% per year until maturity or conversion, which will be no later than June 30, 2020. Based on subsequent events, the Company believes that the loan could convert into Series D preferred stock.

As of March 31, 2018, the Company evaluated the investment in CaféX for impairment due to a large anticipated sale of IP not being completed as planned during the first quarter, a shift in the strategy of the company, an ongoing default by CaféX of its loan agreement with its bank, and a lack of potential additional funding options as of March 31, 2018. Based on this evaluation, the Company determined that the fair value of its investment was zero and thus the investment was impaired as of March 31, 2018. The Company recorded a $15.6 million write-off of the equity investment and the bridge loan which was included in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Divestitures

Technology Solutions Group (“TSG”)

Effective June 30, 2017, the Company sold the Technology Solutions Group (“TSG”) to SKC Communication Products, LLC (“SKC”) for an upfront payment of $250 thousand and future contingent royalty payments over the next 3 years. TSG had been included in the CTS segment. During the second quarter of 2017, a $30 thousand gain, which included the write-off of $0.7 million of goodwill, was recorded and included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). During the third quarter of 2017, a $141 thousand gain was recorded as a result of TSG delivering to SKC working capital in excess of the target set forth in the stock purchase agreement, and the gain was included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). In the aggregate, TTEC received $0.3 million and $2.0 million for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2018,  respectively, related to quarterly royalty payments which were included in Other Income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

TeleTech Spain Holdings SL

In the third quarter of 2017, the Company dissolved TeleTech Spain Holdings SL, a fully owned foreign subsidiary domiciled in Spain. Upon complete liquidation, $3.2 million attributable to the accumulated translation adjustment component of equity has been removed from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized as part, which represents the currency translation adjustment of the gain on liquidation. The $3.2investment in the foreign subsidiary. Similarly, in the third quarter ended September 30, 2020, the Company exited two foreign subsidiaries that ceased operations and were removed from the consolidated financial statements as of the reporting period ended September 30, 2020. As a result of the deconsolidation, a non-cash $17.4 million gainloss was included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017.

F-23


Table. The majority of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notesthis loss related to the Consolidated Financial Statements

realization of the Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balance which represents the currency translation adjustment of the investment in the foreign subsidiaries. The operating income of these subsidiaries prior to dissolution was not material to the year-to-date consolidated results of the Company.

(3)SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company reports the following fourtwo segments:

TTEC Digital is one of the largest pure-play CX technology service providers with expertise in CX strategy, digital consulting and transformation enabled by proprietary CX applications and technology partnerships. TTEC Digital designs, builds, and operates robust digital experiences for clients and their customers through the contextual integration and orchestration of CRM, data, analytics, CXaaS technology, and intelligent automation to ensure high-quality, scalable CX outcomes.

·

Technology Services: Our technology services design, integrate, and operate highly scalable, digital omnichannel technology solutions in the CMS segment includes the customer experience delivery solutions which integrate innovative technology with highly-trained customer experience professionals to optimize the customer experience across all channelscloud, on premise, or hybrid environment, including journey orchestration, automation and all stages of the customer lifecycle from an onshore, offshore or work-from-home environment;

AI, knowledge management, and workforce productivity.

·

the CGS segment provides technology-enabled sales and marketing solutions that support revenue generation across the customer lifecycle, including sales advisory, search engine optimization, digital demand generation, lead qualification, and acquisition sales, growth and retention services;

·

the CTS segment includes system designProfessional Services: Our management consulting customer experience technology product, implementation and integration consulting services, and management of clients’ cloud and on-premise solutions; and

·

the CSS segment provides professional services inpractices deliver customer experience strategy, and operations, insights, system and operationalanalytics, process optimization, and culture developmentlearning and knowledge management.

performance services.

F-25

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

TTEC Engage provides the digitally enabled CX managed services to support our clients’ end-to-end customer interaction delivery at scale. The segment delivers omnichannel customer care, tech support, order fulfillment, customer acquisition, growth, and retention services with industry specialization and distinctive CX capabilities for hypergrowth brands. TTEC Engage also delivers digitally enabled back office and industry specific specialty services including AI operations, content moderation, and fraud management services.

Customer Acquisition, Growth, and Retention Services: Our customer growth and acquisition services optimize the buying journeys for acquiring new customers by leveraging technology and analytics to deliver personal experiences that we believe increase the quantity and quality of leads and customers.
Customer Care, Tech Support, and Order Fulfillment Services: Our customer care, technical support, and order fulfillment services provide turnkey contact center solutions, including digital omnichannel technologies, associate recruiting and training, facilities, and operational expertise to create exceptional customer experiences across all touchpoints. 
Digitally enabled back office and specialty services: Our digital AI operations, content moderation, and fraud detection and prevention services provide clients with data tagging and annotation capabilities to train and enable AI platforms, community content moderation, and compliance to meet client content standards, and proactive fraud solutions to assist our clients in the detection and prevention of fraud.

The Company allocates to each segment its portion of corporate operating expenses. All intercompany transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.

The following tables present certain financial data by segment (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 20182021

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

TTEC Digital

$

414,148

$

(44)

$

414,104

$

30,468

$

35,437

TTEC Engage

 

1,858,965

 

(7)

 

1,858,958

 

66,238

 

181,755

Total

$

2,273,113

$

(51)

$

2,273,062

$

96,706

$

217,192

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation

    

Income 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Intersegment

 

Net

 

&

 

(Loss) from

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Sales

 

Revenue

 

Amortization

 

Operations

 

Customer Management Services

 

$

1,129,048

 

$

 —

 

$

1,129,048

 

$

57,864

 

$

49,161

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

141,324

 

 

 

 

141,324

 

 

2,501

 

 

9,839

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

170,559

 

 

(345)

 

 

170,214

 

 

7,002

 

 

26,634

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

68,585

 

 

 

 

68,585

 

 

1,812

 

 

6,420

 

Total

 

$

1,509,516

 

$

(345)

 

$

1,509,171

 

$

69,179

 

$

92,054

 

Year Ended December 31, 20172020

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

TTEC Digital

$

307,278

$

(293)

$

306,985

$

14,029

$

45,315

TTEC Engage

 

1,642,263

 

0

 

1,642,263

 

64,833

 

159,377

Total

$

1,949,541

$

(293)

$

1,949,248

$

78,862

$

204,692

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation

   

Income 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Intersegment

 

Net

 

&

 

(Loss) from

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Sales

 

Revenue

 

Amortization

 

Operations

 

Customer Management Services

 

$

1,141,779

 

$

(19)

 

$

1,141,760

 

$

52,193

 

$

78,206

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

128,698

 

 

 

 

128,698

 

 

2,959

 

 

7,803

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

138,918

 

 

(337)

 

 

138,581

 

 

7,092

 

 

12,047

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

68,326

 

 

 —

 

 

68,326

 

 

2,263

 

 

2,433

 

Total

 

$

1,477,721

 

$

(356)

 

$

1,477,365

 

$

64,507

 

$

100,489

 

Year Ended December 31, 20162019

    

    

    

    

Depreciation

    

Income

 

Gross

Intersegment

Net

&

from

 

Revenue

Sales

Revenue

Amortization

Operations

 

TTEC Digital

$

305,595

$

(249)

$

305,346

$

11,216

$

38,927

TTEC Engage

 

1,338,358

 

0

 

1,338,358

 

57,870

 

84,782

Total

$

1,643,953

$

(249)

$

1,643,704

$

69,086

$

123,709

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation

    

Income 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Intersegment

 

Net

 

&

 

(Loss) from

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Sales

 

Revenue

 

Amortization

 

Operations

 

Customer Management Services

 

$

924,654

 

$

(329)

 

$

924,325

 

$

48,770

 

$

50,541

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

141,005

 

 

 —

 

 

141,005

 

 

5,905

 

 

6,969

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

141,865

 

 

(611)

 

 

141,254

 

 

10,645

 

 

933

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

68,674

 

 

 —

 

 

68,674

 

 

3,355

 

 

(5,691)

 

Total

 

$

1,276,198

 

$

(940)

 

$

1,275,258

 

$

68,675

 

$

52,752

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Capital Expenditures

TTEC Digital

$

8,919

$

7,881

$

14,397

TTEC Engage

 

51,439

 

51,891

 

46,379

Total

$

60,358

$

59,772

$

60,776

F-24F-26


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Management Services

 

 

$

38,617

 

$

48,069

 

$

40,321

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

 

 —

 

 

871

 

 

4,185

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

 

3,957

 

 

2,308

 

 

5,217

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

 

876

 

 

710

 

 

1,109

 

Total

 

 

$

43,450

 

$

51,958

 

$

50,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

 

2016

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Management Services

 

 

$

788,550

 

$

869,594

 

$

585,679

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

 

42,981

 

 

41,036

 

 

71,540

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

 

162,222

 

 

100,351

 

 

115,537

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

 

60,755

 

 

67,755

 

 

73,548

 

Total

 

 

$

1,054,508

 

$

1,078,736

 

$

846,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

 

2016

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Management Services

 

 

$

114,036

 

$

119,497

 

$

42,589

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

 

24,439

 

 

24,439

 

 

24,439

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

 

41,979

 

 

40,839

 

 

41,500

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

 

24,179

 

 

24,952

 

 

24,153

 

Total

 

 

$

204,633

 

$

209,727

 

$

132,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

2021

    

2020

2019

Total Assets

TTEC Digital

$

828,255

 

$

277,365

$

238,081

TTEC Engage

 

1,168,549

 

1,239,043

 

1,138,707

Total

$

1,996,804

 

$

1,516,408

$

1,376,788

December 31,

2021

    

2020

2019

Goodwill

TTEC Digital

$

505,222

 

$

128,211

$

66,275

TTEC Engage

 

234,259

 

235,291

 

235,419

Total

$

739,481

 

$

363,502

$

301,694

F-25


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present certain financial data based upon the geographic location where the services are provided (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

As of and for the

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

$

862,026

 

$

820,597

 

$

693,023

 

$

1,524,654

$

1,338,267

$

1,002,524

Philippines

 

 

 

351,829

 

 

353,122

 

 

351,853

 

 

409,360

 

347,575

 

370,395

Latin America

 

 

 

109,104

 

 

130,082

 

 

122,347

 

 

114,967

 

98,633

 

100,117

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

 

 

67,163

 

 

62,597

 

 

65,866

 

 

110,909

 

78,478

 

70,613

Asia Pacific / India

 

67,035

 

59,750

 

55,554

Canada

 

 

 

61,071

 

 

74,252

 

 

13,950

 

 

46,137

 

26,545

 

44,501

Asia Pacific / India

 

 

 

57,978

 

 

36,715

 

 

28,219

 

Total

 

 

$

1,509,171

 

$

1,477,365

 

$

1,275,258

 

$

2,273,062

$

1,949,248

$

1,643,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

$

508,202

 

$

490,110

 

$

441,222

 

$

605,582

$

576,803

$

559,326

Philippines

 

 

 

130,176

 

 

137,683

 

 

133,214

 

 

158,098

 

162,391

 

144,213

Latin America

 

 

 

44,065

 

 

51,451

 

 

50,605

 

 

47,540

 

46,307

 

45,743

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

 

 

10,499

 

 

10,280

 

 

8,805

 

 

19,594

 

23,043

 

14,823

Asia Pacific / India

 

14,977

 

15,918

 

21,562

Canada

 

 

 

15,193

 

 

15,912

 

 

19,988

 

 

14,825

 

13,844

 

15,516

Asia Pacific / India

 

 

 

19,874

 

 

24,592

 

 

23,484

 

Total

 

 

$

728,009

 

$

730,028

 

$

677,318

 

$

860,616

$

838,306

$

801,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

$

56,459

 

$

46,029

 

$

36,442

 

$

67,291

$

55,548

$

57,417

Philippines

 

 

 

5,188

 

 

7,753

 

 

8,194

 

 

6,187

 

8,756

 

7,892

Latin America

 

 

 

1,329

 

 

1,475

 

 

1,161

 

 

864

 

912

 

993

Europe / Middle East / Africa

 

 

 

544

 

 

(750)

 

 

1,099

 

 

1,735

 

2,328

 

993

Asia Pacific / India

 

435

 

1,726

 

1,422

Canada

 

 

 

241

 

 

324

 

 

514

 

 

761

 

168

 

252

Asia Pacific / India

 

 

 

1,680

 

 

4,326

 

 

110

 

Total

 

 

$

65,441

 

$

59,157

 

$

47,520

 

$

77,273

$

69,438

$

68,969

F-27

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(4)ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS

Accounts receivable, net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

355,107

 

$

392,823

 

$

362,719

$

383,464

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(4,145)

 

 

(921)

 

Less: Allowance for credit losses

 

(5,409)

 

(5,067)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

350,962

 

$

391,902

 

$

357,310

$

378,397

In connection with the implementation of ASC 326 as of January 1, 2020, the Company analyzed the prior history of credit losses on revenue for TTEC as a whole and separately for each of the two segments. Based on this evaluation, no modification to the allowance for credit losses balance was necessary as of the implementation date. At the end of each quarter beginning with March 31, 2020, an allowance for credit losses has been calculated based on the current quarterly revenue multiplied by the historical loss percentage of the prior three-year period and recorded in the income statement. In addition to the evaluation of historical losses, the Company considers current and future economic conditions and events such as changes in customer credit quality and liquidity. The Company will write-off accounts receivable against this allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible.

Activity in the Company’s Allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

921

 

$

662

 

$

2,176

 

$

5,067

$

5,452

$

5,592

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

3,679

 

 

458

 

 

1,164

 

Provision for credit losses

 

(350)

 

494

 

1,711

Uncollectible receivables written-off

 

 

(429)

 

 

(180)

 

 

(2,670)

 

 

(281)

 

(880)

 

(1,311)

Effect of foreign currency and other

 

 

(26)

 

 

(19)

 

 

(8)

 

(15)

1

(540)

Acquisition

 

988

 

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

4,145

 

$

921

 

$

662

 

$

5,409

$

5,067

$

5,452

F-26


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

On October 15, 2018, Sears Holding Corporation (“Sears”) announced that it had filed a petition for bankruptcy protection in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. As of December 31, 2018, TTEC had approximately $2.7 million in pre-petition accounts receivables outstanding related to Sears and during the fourth quarter of 2018 a $2.7 million allowance for uncollectible accounts was recorded and included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). TTEC continues to provide services to Sears and has received assurances that the cost of its post-petition services will be covered by funds that Sears has available to satisfy its obligations to its current service providers through debtor in possession financing.

Significant Clients

The Company had one client that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018. This client operates in the healthcare industry2021 and is included in the CMS segment.2020. The Company had a different clientno clients that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue infor the year ended 2016. This client operates in the communications industry and is included in the CMS segment.December 31, 2019. The revenue from these clients as a percentage of total revenue wasis as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare client

 

10

%  

 7

%  

 4

%

Telecommunications client

 

 7

%  

 9

%  

10

%

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

2020

2019

 

Financial services client

12

%  

13

%  

3

%

Accounts receivable from these clientsthis client was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Healthcare client

 

$

49,245

 

$

56,802

 

$

22,414

 

Telecommunications client

 

$

19,329

 

$

27,111

 

$

28,080

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Financial services client

$

15,483

$

58,960

$

4,321

The Company does have clients with aggregate revenue exceeding $100 million annually and the loss of one or more of its significantthese clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, or financial condition. TheTo mitigate this risk, the Company does not require collateral from its clients. has multiple contracts with these larger clients, where each individual contract is for an amount below the $100 million aggregate.

F-28

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

To limit the Company’s credit risk with its clients, management performs periodic credit evaluations, maintains allowances for uncollectible accountscredit losses and may require pre-payment for services from certain clients. Based on currently available information, management does not believe significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2018.2021.

Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreement

On March 5, 2019, theThe Company entered intois party to an Uncommitted Receivables Purchase Agreement (“Agreement”) with a third-party bankBank of the West (“Bank”), whereby from time-to-time the Company may elect to sell, on a revolving basis, U.S. accounts receivables of certain clients at a discount to the bankBank for cash on a limited recourse basis. The maximum amount of receivables sold bythat the Company and purchased bymay sell to the Bank at any given time shall not exceed $75$100 million. The sales of accounts receivable in accordance with the Agreement are reflected as a reduction of Accounts Receivable, net on the Consolidated Balance sheets. The Company has retained no interest in the sold receivables but retains all collection responsibilities on behalf of the Bank. The discount on the accounts receivable sold will be recorded within Other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The cash proceeds from this Agreement are included in the change in accounts receivable within the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

F-27


TableAs of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NotesDecember 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had factored $97.7 million and $71.0 million, respectively, of accounts receivable; under the Agreement discounts on these receivables were not material during the year. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had collected $22.5 million and $26.1 million, respectively, of cash from customers which had not been remitted to the Bank. The unremitted cash is Restricted Cash and is included within Prepaid and Other Current Assets with the corresponding liability included in Accrued Expenses on the Consolidated Financial Statements

Balance Sheet. The Company has not recorded any servicing assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 as the fair value of the servicing arrangement as well as the fees earned were not material to the financial statements.

(5)PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Land and buildings

 

$

33,286

 

$

38,858

 

$

32,942

$

32,944

Computer equipment and software

 

 

411,653

 

 

390,944

 

 

503,056

 

474,415

Telephone equipment

 

 

45,351

 

 

46,521

 

 

50,256

 

51,717

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

74,538

 

 

76,860

 

 

84,944

 

85,149

Leasehold improvements

 

 

161,960

 

 

176,467

 

 

189,161

 

193,823

Motor vehicles

 

 

90

 

 

158

 

 

257

 

258

Construction-in-progress and other

 

 

1,131

 

 

220

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

 

728,009

 

 

730,028

 

 

860,616

 

838,306

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(566,486)

 

 

(566,682)

 

 

(692,212)

 

(659,600)

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

161,523

 

$

163,346

 

$

168,404

$

178,706

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $58.4$63.5 million, $57.0$62.7 million and $59.1$57.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

Included in the computer equipment and software is internally developed software of $11.2$19.4 million net and $8.5$16.2 million net as of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. During 2021, impairments of internally developed software of $3.2 million were expensed and included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

F-29

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(6)GOODWILL

Goodwill consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

    

    

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

Acquisitions /

Foreign

December 31,

 

2020

Adjustments

Impairments

Currency

2021

 

TTEC Digital

$

128,211

$

378,908

$

$

(1,897)

$

505,222

TTEC Engage

 

235,291

 

0

 

 

(1,032)

 

234,259

Total

$

363,502

$

378,908

$

$

(2,929)

$

739,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Effect of

    

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Acquisitions /

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

Adjustments

 

Impairments

 

Currency

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Management Services

 

$

119,497

 

$

(125)

 

$

 —

 

$

(5,336)

 

$

114,036

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

24,439

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

24,439

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

40,839

 

 

1,232

 

 

 —

 

 

(92)

 

 

41,979

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

24,952

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(773)

 

 

24,179

 

Total

 

$

209,727

 

$

1,107

 

$

 —

 

$

(6,201)

 

$

204,633

 

    

    

    

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

Acquisitions /

Foreign

December 31,

 

2019

Adjustments

Impairments

Currency

2020

 

TTEC Digital

$

66,275

$

59,341

$

$

2,595

$

128,211

TTEC Engage

 

235,419

 

(254)

 

 

126

 

235,291

Total

$

301,694

$

59,087

$

$

2,721

$

363,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Effect of

    

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Acquisitions /

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

Adjustments

 

Impairments

 

Currency

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Management Services

 

$

42,589

 

$

73,934

 

$

 —

 

$

2,974

 

$

119,497

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

24,439

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

24,439

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

41,500

 

 

(661)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

40,839

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

24,153

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

799

 

 

24,952

 

Total

 

$

132,681

 

$

73,273

 

$

 —

 

$

3,773

 

$

209,727

 

Impairment

The Company has fourthree reporting units with goodwill and performs a goodwill impairment test on at least an annual basis. The Company conducts its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter, or more frequently, if indicators of impairment exist.

F-28


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company elected to perform a Step 1 evaluation for all of its reporting units, which includes comparing a reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying value. The determination of fair value requires significant judgments including estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term growth rates for the businesses, the useful lives over which the cash flows will occur and determination of appropriate discount rates (based in part on the Company’s weighted average cost of capital). Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or conclusions on goodwill impairment for each reporting unit. As of December 1, 2018,2021, the date of the annual impairment testing, the Company concluded that for all fourthree of the reporting units the fair values were in excess of their respective carrying values and the goodwill for those reporting units was not impaired.

The process of evaluating the fair value of the reporting units is highly subjective and requires significant judgment and estimates as the reporting units operate in a number of markets and geographical regions. The Company used a market approach and an income approach to determine our best estimates of fair value which incorporated the following significant assumptions:

·

Revenue projections, including revenue growth during the forecast periods ranging from (23.9)%2.5% to 32.2%28.8%;

·

EBITDA margin projections held relatively flat over the forecast periods ranging from 10.5%11.5% to 20.0%21.1%;

·

Estimated income tax rates of 26.0%26.1% to 27.6%26.9%;

·

Estimated capital expenditures ranging from $0.8$3.9 million to $47.5 million;$81.3 million, and

·

Discount rates ranging from 10%8.5% to 14.5%12.5% based on various inputs, including the risks associated with the specific reporting units, the country of operations as well as their revenue growth and EBITDA margin assumptions.

CMS - HumanifyF-30

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

During the third quarter 2020, the Company reassessed the reporting unit

As of December 1, 2016,units within the calculated fair value for the Humanify reporting unit was below the carrying value which necessitated an impairment analysis. The Company tested all of the assetsTTEC Digital segment based on a reorganization of the reporting unit for impairment.

Definite-lived long-lived assets consistedstructure within this segment. The Company has changed how it views and assesses performance of internally developed softwarethe components within the segment as the business has evolved and purchased IP. Based on a decision tomultiple recent acquisitions have been incorporated. After evaluation, The Company will maintain two reporting units within TTEC Digital but these include different components than previously included. Given the change the strategy of this business unit in December 2016 which will not use these assets on a go forward basis,reporting units, the Company has determinedconducted an impairment test before and after the change, and it was concluded that there is no value associated with these assets and recorded a $10.8 million impairment in the three months ended December 31, 2016, which was included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

For the goodwill impairment analysis, the Company calculated the fair value of the Humanify reporting unit and compared that tounits exceeded the updated carrying value and determined thaton both testing dates. With the change in reporting units, the Company performed a relative fair value was not in excess of its carrying value. Key assumptions used invaluation calculation to allocate the fair value calculation forCompany’s historical goodwill impairment testing include, but are not limited to, revenue growth of approximately $300 thousand to $1 million per year through 2027, a perpetual growth rate of 3%, a discount rate of 16.75%, and negative EBITDA through 2020 growing to a 15.6% EBITDA forbetween the terminal year. Estimated future cash flows under the income approach weretwo reporting units based on the Company’s internal business plan adjusted as appropriate for the Company’s view of market participant assumptions.

shift in components. The fair value of the Humanify reporting unit was determined to be zero. Upon completing this assessment, the Company determined that the implied fair valueresulting reallocation of goodwill was below the carrying value and the entire goodwill balance of $1.4 million was impaired and expensed in the three months ended December 31, 2016 which is included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).not material.

F-29


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(7)OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets which are included in Other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

Foreign

 

December 31,

 

 

2017

 

Amortization

 

Impairments

 

Adjustments

 

Currency

 

2018

 

    

    

    

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

and

Foreign

December 31,

 

2020

Amortization

Impairments

Adjustments

Currency

2021

 

Customer relationships, gross

 

$

127,431

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

1,956

 

$

(5,860)

 

$

123,527

 

$

173,601

$

0

$

0

 

$

128,186

 

$

(1,839)

$

299,948

Customer relationships - accumulated amortization

 

 

(35,217)

 

 

(10,546)

 

 

 —

 

 

1,203

 

 

1,337

 

 

(43,223)

 

 

(68,769)

 

(25,440)

 

(671)

 

0

 

1,298

 

(93,582)

Other intangible assets, gross

 

 

4,784

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(209)

 

 

4,575

 

 

14,450

 

0

 

0

 

5,300

 

(19)

 

19,731

Other intangible assets - accumulated amortization

 

 

(3,913)

 

 

(212)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

157

 

 

(3,968)

 

 

(7,223)

 

(6,529)

 

0

 

0

 

4

 

(13,748)

Other intangible assets, net

 

$

93,085

 

$

(10,758)

 

$

 —

 

$

3,159

 

$

(4,575)

 

$

80,911

 

$

112,059

$

(31,969)

$

(671)

$

133,486

$

(556)

$

212,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

Foreign

 

December 31,

 

 

2016

 

Amortization

 

Impairments

 

Adjustments

 

Currency

 

2017

 

    

    

    

    

Acquisitions

    

Effect of

    

 

December 31,

and

Foreign

December 31,

 

2019

Amortization

Impairments

Adjustments

Currency

2020

 

Customer relationships, gross

 

$

53,402

 

$

 —

 

$

(6,120)

 

$

78,320

 

$

1,829

 

$

127,431

 

$

161,756

$

0

$

0

$

11,570

$

275

$

173,601

Customer relationships - accumulated amortization

 

 

(27,810)

 

 

(7,213)

 

 

3,230

 

 

(3,230)

 

 

(194)

 

 

(35,217)

 

 

(54,653)

 

(13,640)

 

0

 

0

 

(476)

 

(68,769)

Other intangible assets, gross

 

 

4,589

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,701)

 

 

3,852

 

 

44

 

 

4,784

 

 

13,162

 

0

 

0

 

1,250

 

38

 

14,450

Other intangible assets - accumulated amortization

 

 

(3,978)

 

 

(254)

 

 

2,930

 

 

(2,929)

 

 

318

 

 

(3,913)

 

 

(4,669)

 

(2,546)

 

0

 

0

 

(8)

 

(7,223)

Trade name - indefinite life

 

 

5,665

 

 

 —

 

 

(5,322)

 

 

 —

 

 

(343)

 

 

 —

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

$

31,868

 

$

(7,467)

 

$

(8,983)

 

$

76,013

 

$

1,654

 

$

93,085

 

$

115,596

$

(16,186)

$

0

$

12,820

$

(171)

$

112,059

The acquisitions and adjustmentsacquisition recorded during 2018 relate2021 relates to the purchase of SCSAvtex (see Note 2 for further information) and the fair value of the CSS-PRG balance sheet (see below).

The acquisitions and adjustments recorded during 20172020 relate to the purchasepurchases of ConnextionsSerendebyte and MotifVoiceFoundry (see Note 2 for further information) and.

Digital - rogenSi

In connection with reduced profitability of the rogenSi component of the TTEC Digital segment, an interim impairment of intangible assetsanalysis was completed during the fourthsecond quarter of 2017 (see below).

CTS - eLoyalty

During the fourth quarter of 2017 in connection with the rebranding2019. The long-lived assets reviewed for impairment consisted of the consolidated company, management determined that it would no longer becustomer relationship intangible, intellectual property, and right of use assets. The Company completed an asset group recoverability evaluation based on the current estimated cash flow based on forecasted revenues and operating income using significant inputs not observable in the name of eLoyalty and would be transitioning to TTEC Digital.market (Level 3 inputs). Based on this change in branding strategy, an evaluation ofcalculation, the indefinite-lived trade name was completed and it was determined that the fair value of the asset was zero. The Company recorded an impairment expense of $3.3$2.0 million in the three months ended December 31, 2017June 30, 2019, which was included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

CSS - PRG

During the fourth quarter of 2017 in connection with the rebranding As part of the consolidated company and the full integration of the CSS segment, management determined that it will no longer be using the name of PRG and would be transitioning all CSS entities to TTEC Consulting. Based on this change in branding strategy, an evaluation of the indefinite-lived trade name was completed and it was determined that the fair value of the asset was zero. The Company recorded impairment expense of $2.0 million in the three months ended December 31, 2017 whichimpairment $0.4 million was included in Impairment losses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

As of December 31, 2018, in connection with reclassifying a business unit from assets held for saleassigned to assets held and used, a fair value assessment was completed and it was determined that due to continuing estimated losses, the fair value of the customer relationship balance was zero. Theintangible asset and $0.2 million to the IP intangible asset. At December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a $0.7 million fair value adjustment duringreviewed the fourth quarterevaluation completed as of 2018 which was included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

June 30, 2019, and noted no material changes, thus no additional impairment is required.

F-30F-31


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Customer relationships are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 8.27.1 years and other intangible assets are being amortized over the remaining weighted average useful life of 4.61.3 years. Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $10.8$32.0 million, $7.5$16.2 million and $9.5$10.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

Expected future amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 20182021 is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2019

    

$

10,557

2020

 

 

9,341

2021

 

 

8,840

2022

 

 

8,156

    

$

31,147

2023

 

 

7,619

 

29,935

2024

 

27,358

2025

 

25,324

2026

 

25,264

Thereafter

 

 

36,398

 

73,321

Total

 

$

80,911

$

212,349

(8)DERIVATIVES

(8)DERIVATIVES

Cash Flow Hedges

The Company enters into foreign exchange related derivatives. Foreign exchange derivatives entered into consist of forward and option contracts to reduce the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue earned in foreign locations. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. It is the Company’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with investment grade counterparty financial institutions, and correspondingly, the fair value of derivative assets consider,considers, among other factors, the creditworthiness of these counterparties. Conversely, the fair value of derivative liabilities reflects the Company’s creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company had not experienced, nor does it anticipate, any issues related to derivative counterparty defaults. The following table summarizes the aggregate unrealized net gain or loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 20162019 (in thousands and net of tax):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at beginning of period

 

 

$

(15,746)

 

$

(32,393)

 

$

(26,885)

 

$

8,431

$

4,182

$

(8,278)

Add: Net gain/(loss) from change in fair value of cash flow hedges

 

 

 

20,278

 

 

31,053

 

 

11,242

 

 

(12,126)

 

2,321

 

15,545

Less: Net (gain)/loss reclassified to earnings from effective hedges

 

 

 

(12,810)

 

 

(14,406)

 

 

(16,750)

 

 

3,655

 

1,928

 

(3,085)

Aggregate unrealized net gain/(loss) at end of period

 

 

$

(8,278)

 

$

(15,746)

 

$

(32,393)

 

$

(40)

$

8,431

$

4,182

The Company’s foreign exchange cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 are summarized as follows (in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Local

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

U.S. Dollar

 

 

% Maturing

 

 

Contracts

 

 

Notional

 

Notional

 

 

in the next

 

 

Maturing

 

As of December 31, 2018

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

 

12 months

 

 

Through

 

    

Local

    

    

    

 

Currency

U.S. Dollar

% Maturing

Contracts

 

Notional

Notional

in the next

Maturing

 

As of December 31, 2021

Amount

Amount

12 months

Through

 

Canadian Dollar

 

9,000

$

7,022

100.0

%  

June 2022

Philippine Peso

 

6,710,000

 

 

130,957

(1)  

 

60.7

%  

 

December 2021

 

 

8,472,000

 

164,295

(1)  

51.7

%  

December 2024

Mexican Peso

 

1,091,500

 

 

57,708

 

 

53.0

%  

 

December 2021

 

 

1,422,500

 

63,002

43.2

%  

December 2024

 

 

 

$

188,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

234,319

F-31F-32


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

    

Local

    

    

    

Currency

U.S. Dollar

     

Notional

Notional

 

      

 

As of December 31, 2020

Amount

Amount

 

Canadian Dollar

 

2,450

$

1,853

Philippine Peso

 

6,725,000

 

130,468

(1)

Mexican Peso

 

1,159,500

 

52,398

$

184,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Local

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

U.S. Dollar

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Notional

 

Notional

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Philippine Peso

 

10,685,000

 

 

219,917

(1)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mexican Peso

 

1,609,000

 

 

93,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

313,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

(1)

Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for New Zealand dollars and Australian dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 20182021 and December 31, 2017.

2020.

Fair Value Hedges

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to economically hedge against foreign currency exchange gains and losses on certain receivables and payables of the Company’s foreign operations. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges are recognized in earnings in Other income (expense), net. As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the total notional amount of the Company’s forward contracts used as fair value hedges was $70.4$32.9 million and $176.2$35.5 million, respectively.

Derivative Valuation and Settlements

The Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Designated

 

Not Designated

 

 

as Hedging

 

as Hedging

 

December 31, 2021

 

Designated

Not Designated

 

as Hedging

as Hedging

Designation:

 

Instruments

 

Instruments

 

Instruments

Instruments

 

    

Foreign

    

Interest

    

Foreign

 

    

Foreign

    

Foreign

 

Derivative contract type:

 

Exchange

 

Rate

 

Exchange

 

Exchange

Exchange

 

Derivative classification:

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Fair Value

 

Cash Flow

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

$

814

 

$

 —

 

$

60

 

$

2,272

$

204

Other long-term assets

 

 

215

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

611

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

(8,861)

 

 

 —

 

 

(104)

 

 

(1,527)

 

(6)

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(3,484)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,418)

 

Total fair value of derivatives, net

 

$

(11,316)

 

$

 —

 

$

(44)

 

$

(62)

$

198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

 

 

Designated

 

Not Designated

 

 

as Hedging

 

as Hedging

 

December 31, 2020

 

Designated

Not Designated

 

as Hedging

as Hedging

Designation:

 

Instruments

 

Instruments

 

Instruments

Instruments

 

    

Foreign

    

Interest

    

Foreign

 

    

Foreign

    

Foreign

 

Derivative contract type:

 

Exchange

 

Rate

 

Exchange

 

Exchange

Exchange

 

Derivative classification:

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Fair Value

 

Cash Flow

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value and location of derivative in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

$

220

 

$

 

$

1,603

 

$

6,939

$

103

Other long-term assets

 

 

393

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,528

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

(15,603)

 

 

 —

 

 

(133)

 

 

(73)

 

(118)

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(11,266)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Total fair value of derivatives, net

 

$

(26,256)

 

$

 —

 

$

1,470

 

$

11,390

$

(15)

F-32F-33


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 were as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Designated as Hedging

Designation:

Instruments

Derivative contract type:

Foreign Exchange

Derivative classification:

 

Cash Flow

Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) - effective portion, net of tax

$

3,655

$

1,928

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) reclassified from Accumulated OCI to income - effective portion:

Revenue

$

4,939

$

2,618

Year Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Designation:

 

Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Derivative contract type:

 

Foreign Exchange

Derivative classification:

 

Fair Value

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss):

Other income (expense), net

 

$

191

 

$

205

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

 

Designated as Hedging

 

Designated as Hedging

 

Designation:

 

Instruments

 

Instruments

 

 

    

Foreign

    

Interest

    

Foreign

    

Interest

 

Derivative contract type:

 

Exchange

 

Rate

 

Exchange

 

Rate

 

Derivative classification:

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

Cash Flow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of gain or (loss) recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) - effective portion, net of tax

 

$

(12,810)

 

$

 —

 

$

(14,336)

 

$

(70)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) reclassified from Accumulated OCI to income - effective portion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

(17,548)

 

$

 

$

(22,792)

 

$

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

(115)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

Designation:

 

Not Designated as
Hedging Instruments

 

Not Designated as
Hedging Instruments

 

Derivative contract type:

 

Foreign Exchange

 

Foreign Exchange

 

 

 

Forward

 

 

 

Forward

 

 

 

Derivative classification:

 

Contracts

 

Fair Value

 

Contracts

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount and location of net gain or (loss) recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 

$

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,436)

 

 

 

 

1,350

 

(9)FAIR VALUE

The authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires that the Company maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 —

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 —

Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 —

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The following presents information as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 of the Company’s assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the fair value hierarchy used to determine their fair value.

Accounts Receivable and Payable - The amounts recorded in the accompanying balance sheets approximate fair value because of their short-term nature.

F-33F-34


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Investments – The Company measures investments, including cost and equity method investments, at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The fair values of these investments are determined based on valuation techniques using the best information available and may include market observable inputs and discounted cash flow projections. An impairment charge is recorded when the cost of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the investment in CaféX Communications, Inc., which consists of the Company’s total $15.6 million investment, was fully impaired to zero (see Note 2).zero.

Debt - The Company’s debt consists primarily of the Company’s Credit Agreement, which permits floating-rate borrowings based upon the current Prime Rate or LIBOR plus a credit spread as determined by the Company’s leverage ratio calculation (as defined in the Credit Agreement). As of December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, the Company had $282.0$791.0 million and $344.0$385.0 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement. During 20182021 and 2017,2020, borrowings accrued interest at an average rate of 3.1%1.3% and 2.2%1.6% per annum, respectively, excluding unused commitment fees. The amounts recorded in the accompanying Balance Sheets approximate fair value due to the variable nature of the debt based on level 2 inputs.

Derivatives - Net derivative assets (liabilities) are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The portfolio is valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange rates, interest rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk, including the ability of each party to execute its obligations under the contract. As of December 31, 2018,2021, credit risk did not materially change the fair value of the Company’s derivative contracts.

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements for its net derivative assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 (in thousands):

As of December 31, 20182021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

 

 

    

    

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

At Fair Value

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

    

 

Active Markets

Other

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

At Fair Value

 

Cash flow hedges

 

$

 

$

(11,316)

 

$

 

$

(11,316)

 

$

$

(62)

$

$

(62)

Fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

(44)

 

 

 

 

(44)

 

 

 

198

 

 

198

Total net derivative asset (liability)

 

$

 

$

(11,360)

 

$

 

$

(11,360)

 

$

$

136

$

$

136

As of December 31, 20172020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

 

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

 

 

    

    

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

At Fair Value

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

    

    

 

Active Markets

Other

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

At Fair Value

 

Cash flow hedges

 

$

 

$

(26,256)

 

$

 

$

(26,256)

 

$

$

11,390

$

$

11,390

Fair value hedges

 

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

(15)

 

 

(15)

Total net derivative asset (liability)

 

$

 —

 

$

(24,786)

 

$

 —

 

$

(24,786)

 

$

$

11,375

$

$

11,375

F-34F-35


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following is a summary of the Company’s fair value measurements as of December 31, 20182021 and 20172020 (in thousands):

As of December 31, 20182021

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Significant Other

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Observable Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

Assets

Derivative instruments, net

$

$

136

$

Total assets

$

$

136

$

Liabilities

Deferred compensation plan liability

$

$

(30,012)

$

Derivative instruments, net

0

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

(9,600)

Total liabilities

$

$

(30,012)

$

(9,600)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

$

$

0

$

(56,316)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

 

 

    

Significant

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative instruments, net

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan liability

 

$

 

$

(14,836)

 

$

 

Derivative instruments, net

 

 

 

 

(11,360)

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

(2,363)

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 —

 

$

(26,196)

 

$

(2,363)

 

As of December 31, 20172020

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Significant Other

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Observable Inputs

Inputs

 

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

 

Assets

Derivative instruments, net

$

$

11,375

$

Total assets

$

$

11,375

$

Liabilities

Deferred compensation plan liability

$

$

(23,858)

$

Derivative instruments, net

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

(18,032)

Total liabilities

$

$

(23,858)

$

(18,032)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

$

$

$

(52,976)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

 

 

    

Significant

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Significant Other

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Identical Assets

 

Observable Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative instruments, net

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan liability

 

$

 

$

(13,219)

 

$

 

Derivative instruments, net

 

 

 

 

(24,786)

 

 

 

Contingent consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

(399)

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 —

 

$

(38,005)

 

$

(399)

 

Deferred Compensation Plan - The Company maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan structured as a Rabbi trust for certain eligible employees. Participants in the deferred compensation plan select from a menu of phantom investment options for their deferral dollars offered by the Company each year, which are based upon changes in value of complementary, defined market investments. The deferred compensation liability represents the combined values of market investments against which participant accounts are tracked.

Contingent Consideration — The Company recorded contingent consideration related to the acquisitionacquisitions of SCS. ThisVF US and VF ASEAN. The contingent payable for VF US was recognized at fair  valuecalculated using a discounted cash flow approach andMonte Carlo simulation including a discount rate of 4.7%23.1%. The contingent payable for VF ASEAN was calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation including a discount rate of 18.4% The measurements were based on significant inputs not observable in the market. The Company recordedrecords interest expense each period using the effective interest method until the future value of these contingent payables reachedreaches their expected future value. Interest expense related to all recorded contingent payables is included in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The Company recorded contingent consideration related to a revenue servicing agreement with Welltok in the fourth quarter of 2016, in which a maximum of $1.25 million would be paid over eight quarters based on the dollar value of revenue earned by the Company. The contingent payable was recognized at fair value of $1.25 million as of December 31, 2016. Payments totaling $851 thousand were completed during 2017 and the final payment of $399 thousand was made during the first quarter of 2018. 

F-35F-36


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

During the first, second and fourth quarters of 2020, the Company recorded fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration associated with the acquisition of FCR LLC based on decreased estimates of EBITDA which caused the estimated payable to decrease. Accordingly, a $3.3 million decrease, a $1.1 million decrease and a $1.8 million decrease to the payable were recorded as of March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2020, the final calculated contingent consideration for FCR was 0.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, the first quarter of 2021 the second quarter of 2021 and the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company recorded fair value adjustments to the contingent consideration associated with the VF US and VF ASEAN acquisitions based on increased actual results and estimates of EBITDA for 2021 which caused the payables to increase. Accordingly, a combined $4.3 million increase, $0.9 million increase, $0.2 million increase and a $0.1 million increase to the payables were recorded as of December 31, 2020, March 31, 2021, June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and were included in Other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 31, 2021, the expected future contingent consideration for the VF US and VF ASEAN acquisitions is $9.6 million.

A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s fair value of the contingent consideration is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Imputed

    

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest /

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

Acquisitions

 

Payments

 

Adjustments

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Welltok

 

$

399

 

$

 —

 

$

(399)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

SCS

 

 

 —

 

 

2,731

 

 

 —

 

 

(368)

 

 

2,363

 

Total

 

$

399

 

$

2,731

 

$

(399)

 

$

(368)

 

$

2,363

 

    

    

    

    

Imputed

    

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

2020

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2021

 

FCR

$

0

$

$

$

$

0

VF US

14,085

(7,414)

743

7,414

VF ASEAN

3,947

(2,186)

425

2,186

Total

$

18,032

$

$

(9,600)

$

1,168

$

9,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Imputed

     

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest /

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

Acquisitions

 

Payments

 

Adjustments

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Welltok

 

$

1,250

 

$

 —

 

$

(851)

 

$

 —

 

$

399

 

Atelka

 

 

558

 

 

 —

 

 

(582)

 

 

24

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

1,808

 

$

 —

 

$

(1,433)

 

$

24

 

$

399

 

    

    

    

    

Imputed

     

 

December 31,

Interest /

December 31,

 

2019

Acquisitions

Payments

Adjustments

2020

 

FCR

$

6,134

$

$

$

(6,134)

$

0

VF US

0

10,943

3,142

14,085

VF ASEAN

 

0

 

2,778

 

 

1,169

 

3,947

Total

$

6,134

$

13,721

$

$

(1,823)

$

18,032

(10)INCOME TAXES

The sources of pre-tax operating income are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Domestic

 

$

(13,926)

 

$

10,909

 

$

(6,216)

 

$

108,160

$

129,620

$

39,864

Foreign

 

 

70,164

 

 

77,978

 

 

56,514

 

 

99,724

 

40,648

 

70,547

Total

 

$

56,238

 

$

88,887

 

$

50,298

 

$

207,884

$

170,268

$

110,411

The United States recently enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "2017 Tax Act") that, among other things, reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and implements a territorial tax system, but imposes an alternative “base erosion and anti-abuse tax” (“BEAT”), and an incremental tax on global intangible low taxed foreign income (“GILTI”) effective January 1, 2018. In addition, the law imposes a one-time mandatory repatriation tax on accumulated post-1986 foreign earnings on domestic corporations effective for the 2017 tax year. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed its analysis of the impacts of the 2017 Tax Act within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118, and no material adjustment was recorded to the 2017 estimate.

The significant components of this expense include (i) the remeasurement of net deferred tax assets at the lower enacted U.S. federal corporate tax rate, (ii) the deemed repatriation tax on unremitted non-U.S. earnings and profits that were previously tax deferred and (iii) other miscellaneous tax impacts.

While the Company’s accounting for the recorded impact of the 2017 Tax Act is deemed to be complete, these amounts are based on prevailing regulations and currently available information, and any additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) could impact the Company’s recorded amounts in future periods.

The Company’s selection of an accounting policy with respect to both the new GILTI and BEAT rules is to compute the related taxes in the period the entity becomes subject to either. A reasonable estimate of the effects of these provisions has been included in the 20182021 annual financial statements.

No significant changes in indefinite reinvestment assertion were made during the year. The Company has completed its analysis in regard to the full tax impact related to prior changes in indefinite reinvestment reassertion and any related taxes have been recorded. The Company generally intends to limit distributions from non-U.S. subsidiaries to cash balances available in foreign jurisdictions.

F-37

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

No additional income taxes have been provided for any remaining outside basis difference inherent in the Company’s foreign subsidiaries as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. The Company has an estimated $264 million of outside basis differences as of December 31, 2021. Determination of any unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the outside basis difference in investments in foreign subsidiaries is not practicable due to the inherent complexity of the multi-national tax environment in which the Company operates.

F-36


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The components of the Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Current provision for (benefit from)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

2,771

 

$

48,556

 

$

(373)

 

$

20,697

$

22,763

$

5,289

State

 

 

2,754

 

 

99

 

 

372

 

 

8,006

 

9,871

 

2,826

Foreign

 

 

18,933

 

 

12,643

 

 

14,447

 

 

20,161

 

13,496

 

18,938

Total current provision for (benefit from)

 

 

24,458

 

 

61,298

 

 

14,446

 

 

48,864

 

46,130

 

27,053

Deferred provision for (benefit from)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(943)

 

 

14,441

 

 

(2,390)

 

 

(7,017)

 

(2,390)

 

2,515

State

 

 

(138)

 

 

707

 

 

103

 

 

(402)

 

(254)

 

118

Foreign

 

 

(6,894)

 

 

1,629

 

 

704

 

 

8,250

 

(2,549)

 

(4,009)

Total deferred provision for (benefit from)

 

 

(7,975)

 

 

16,777

 

 

(1,583)

 

 

831

 

(5,193)

 

(1,376)

Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

$

16,483

 

$

78,075

 

$

12,863

 

$

49,695

$

40,937

$

25,677

The following reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the federal statutory rate (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (21%, 35%, 35%)

 

$

11,810

 

$

31,110

 

$

17,605

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (21%, 21%, 21%)

$

43,655

$

35,756

$

23,186

State income taxes, net of federal deduction

 

 

2,003

 

 

460

 

 

(158)

 

 

4,588

 

6,923

 

3,144

Change in valuation allowances

 

 

2,191

 

 

(924)

 

 

(129)

 

 

12,567

 

3,903

 

9,832

Foreign income taxes at different rates than the U.S.

 

 

(3,758)

 

 

(14,417)

 

 

(10,206)

 

 

(1,416)

 

(783)

 

(3,356)

Foreign withholding taxes

 

 

785

 

 

323

 

 

590

 

 

(93)

 

106

 

600

Losses in international markets without tax benefits

 

 

(68)

 

 

1,098

 

 

2,474

 

 

 

(1,656)

 

(2,651)

Nondeductible compensation under Section 162(m)

 

 

615

 

 

647

 

 

104

 

 

1,494

 

656

 

668

Taxes related to equity compensation

(4,282)

(587)

(976)

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions

 

 

1,105

 

 

1,607

 

 

(133)

 

 

(790)

 

2,882

 

661

Permanent difference related to foreign exchange gains

 

 

136

 

 

142

 

 

388

 

 

3,362

 

(71)

 

36

(Income) losses of foreign branch operations

 

 

475

 

 

(824)

 

 

(635)

 

 

(187)

 

(10)

 

55

Non-taxable earnings of noncontrolling interest

 

 

(594)

 

 

(1,030)

 

 

(1,128)

 

 

(3,085)

 

(1,964)

 

(1,294)

Foreign dividend less foreign tax credits

 

 

(1,748)

 

 

(4,798)

 

 

(4,646)

 

 

(1,142)

 

(1,723)

 

(1,681)

Decrease (increase) to deferred tax asset - change in tax rate

 

 

(1,944)

 

 

1,101

 

 

443

 

 

 

(48)

 

(2,848)

State income tax credits

 

 

19

 

 

207

 

 

100

 

State and Federal income tax credits and NOL's

 

(4,531)

 

(3,918)

 

(1,176)

Foreign earnings taxed currently in U.S.

 

 

3,976

 

 

3,143

 

 

3,673

 

 

1,930

 

1,936

 

2,172

Taxes related to prior year filings

 

 

(1,659)

 

 

(865)

 

 

2,554

 

(1,192)

(1,718)

(1,643)

Taxes related to acquisition accounting

 

 

2,110

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

1,317

978

Transition tax

 

 

 —

 

 

61,569

 

 

 —

 

Other

 

 

1,029

 

 

(474)

 

 

1,967

 

 

(1,183)

 

(64)

 

(30)

Income tax per effective tax rate

 

$

16,483

 

$

78,075

 

$

12,863

 

$

49,695

$

40,937

$

25,677

Effective tax rate percentage

23.9%

24.0%

23.3%

F-37F-38


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Deferred tax assets, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued workers compensation, deferred compensation and employee benefits

 

$

8,724

 

$

8,597

 

$

8,441

$

8,574

Allowance for doubtful accounts, insurance and other accruals

 

 

3,301

 

 

2,197

 

Amortization of deferred rent liabilities

 

 

2,614

 

 

2,352

 

Allowance for credit losses, insurance and other accruals

 

4,767

 

4,463

Amortization of deferred lease liabilities

 

15,816

 

20,352

Net operating losses

 

 

18,475

 

 

17,887

 

 

18,006

 

20,508

Equity compensation

 

 

1,348

 

 

1,481

 

 

2,302

 

1,660

Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals

 

 

13,894

 

 

7,026

 

 

20,069

 

6,868

Federal and state tax credits, net

 

 

549

 

 

50

 

 

2,759

 

2,383

Unrealized losses on derivatives

 

 

2,035

 

 

3,137

 

 

22

 

1,187

Impairment of equity investment

 

 

4,221

 

 

 —

 

4,064

4,064

Partnership Investment

106

526

Other

 

 

1,001

 

 

1,557

 

 

5,052

 

5,444

Total deferred tax assets, gross

 

 

56,162

 

 

44,284

 

 

81,404

 

76,029

Valuation allowances

 

 

(10,867)

 

 

(9,526)

 

 

(29,620)

 

(18,697)

Total deferred tax assets, net

 

 

45,295

 

 

34,758

 

 

51,784

 

57,332

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(15,547)

 

 

(12,850)

 

 

(10,291)

 

(10,734)

Unrealized gain on derivatives

0

(2,959)

Contract acquisition costs

 

 

(8,519)

 

 

(5,331)

 

 

(1,831)

 

(3,182)

Intangible assets

 

 

(15,890)

 

 

(15,405)

 

 

(21,202)

 

(15,880)

Operating lease assets

 

(12,481)

 

(16,763)

Other

 

 

(187)

 

 

(446)

 

 

(184)

 

(480)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(40,143)

 

 

(34,032)

 

 

(45,989)

 

(49,998)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

5,152

 

$

726

 

$

5,795

$

7,334

Quarterly, the Company assesses the likelihood by jurisdiction that its net deferred tax assets will be recovered. Based on the weight of all available evidence, both positive and negative, the Company records a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that a future tax benefit will not be realized.

As of December 31, 20182021 the Company had approximately $3.0$6.9 million of net deferred tax assets in the U.S. and $2.2$1.2 million of net deferred tax assets related to certain international locations whose recoverability is dependent uponliabilities across their future profitability.foreign operations. As of December 31, 20182021 the deferred tax valuation allowance was $10.9$29.6 million and related primarily to tax losses in foreign jurisdictions which do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard under current accounting guidance.

When there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, a valuation allowance is recorded into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. In 2018,2021, the Company made adjustments to its deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowances. The net change to the valuation allowance consisted of the following: a $1.6$4.0 million increase related to capital loss carry forwards and other credit carry forwards not expected to be utilized in the United States; a $1.4$10.6 million increase in valuation allowance in the United Kingdom, Ireland,Mexico, Netherlands, Canada Luxembourg, Turkey and Australiavarious other jurisdictions for deferred tax assets that do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard,standard; and a $1.6$3.7 million release of valuation allowance in Argentina, New Zealand, Belgium, andCanada, Turkey, the United StatesKingdom, and various other jurisdictions related to the utilization or write-off of deferred tax assets.

Activity in the Company’s valuation allowance accounts consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Beginning balance

 

$

9,526

 

$

9,949

 

$

10,139

 

$

18,697

$

17,051

$

10,867

Additions of deferred income tax expense

 

 

2,913

 

 

2,044

 

 

1,914

 

 

14,660

 

4,650

 

7,373

Reductions of deferred income tax expense

 

 

(1,572)

 

 

(2,467)

 

 

(2,104)

 

 

(3,737)

 

(3,004)

 

(1,189)

Ending balance

 

$

10,867

 

$

9,526

 

$

9,949

 

$

29,620

$

18,697

$

17,051

F-38F-39


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2018,2021, after consideration of all tax loss and tax credit carry back opportunities, the Company had tax affected tax loss carry forwards worldwide expiring as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

2019

    

$

86

2020

 

 

146

2021

 

 

91

2022

 

 

 —

After 2022

 

 

12,361

No expiration

 

 

5,791

Total

 

$

18,475

2022

    

$

0

2023

 

94

2024

 

125

2025

 

50

After 2025

 

8,411

No expiration

 

9,326

Total

$

18,006

The Company has been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments of the Philippines and Costa Rica. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between the Company and a foreign government under which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country, such as exemption from taxation on profits derived from export-related activities. In the Philippines, the Company has been granted multiple agreements, with an initial period of tax at 0% for four years, which will be fully expired in 2022 and additional periods for varying years,at a reduced tax rate, expiring at various times between 2019 and 2020.beginning in 2030. The aggregate benefit to income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was approximately $8.2$6.3 million, $11.9$4.4 million and $12.4$8.4 million, respectively, which had a favorable impact on diluted net income per share of $0.18,  $0.26$0.13, $0.09 and $0.27,$0.18, respectively.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company has recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions. The total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as of December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 20162019 was approximately $1.4$2.8 million, $1.8$3.0 million and $693 thousand,$2.1 million, respectively.

The Company had a reserve for uncertain tax benefits, on a net basis, of $4.8$6.9 million and $3.3$7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The liability for uncertain tax positions was decreased by $2.1 million during 2018 for the release of uncertain tax positions related to the closing of statues of limitations and increased by $3.6 million relating to new positions.

The tabular reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits on a gross basis without interest for the three years ended December 31, 20182021 is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

    

$

2,709

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    

$

4,784

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

826

 

0

Reductions in prior year tax positions

 

 

(1,153)

 

0

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

 

2,382

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

4,784

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

916

 

2,725

Reductions in prior year tax positions

 

 

 —

 

0

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

 

3,298

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

7,509

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

3,600

 

220

Reductions in prior year tax positions

 

 

(2,114)

 

(826)

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

$

4,784

Balance as of December 31, 2021

$

6,903

At December 31, 2018,2021, the amount of uncertain tax benefits including interest, that, if recognized, would reduce tax expense was $6.2$9.8 million. Within the next 12 months, it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits may be reduced by $2.5$1.9 million as a result of the expiration of various statutes of limitation or other confirmations of tax positions.

In accordance with ASC 740, during the second quarter of 2018, $1.1 million of liability was released due to the closing of statues of limitations. During the third quarter of 2018, $2.0 million of liability was released due to the closing of statutes of limitations and changes calculated as allowed under SAB 118 related to the 2017 Tax Act. During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company recorded liabilities of $3.6 million related to new uncertain tax positions.

F-39F-40


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

During the second quarter of 2016, $0.3 million of liability was released due to the closing of a statute of limitations.

During the third quarter of 2016, $0.8 million of liability was released due to the favorable outcome of communications with a revenue authority related to site compliance for locations with tax advantaged status.

During the third quarter of 2016, $0.5 million of liability was released due to the closing of a statute of limitations.

The Company and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries (including Percepta LLC and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries) file income tax returns as required in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The following table presents the major tax jurisdictions and tax years that are open as of December 31, 20182021 and subject to examination by the respective tax authorities:

Tax Jurisdiction

Tax Year Ended

United States

 

20152017 to presentPresent

Australia

 

20142017 to presentPresent

BrazilIndia

 

20132017 to presentPresent

Canada

 

20102017 to presentPresent

Mexico

 

20132016 to presentPresent

Philippines

 

20152018 to presentPresent

The Company’s U.S. income tax returns filed for the tax years ending December 31, 20152017 to present, remain open tax years. The Company has been notified of the intent to audit, or is currently under audit of, income taxes for Canadathe United States for tax years 2009year 2017 and 2010,2018, the Philippines for tax year 2015, Belgium for tax years 20162017 and 2017,2018, the state of New York for tax years 2015 through 2017, and the state of MinnesotaCalifornia in the United States for tax years 20142017 and 2018, and India for tax years 2017 through 2016.  The2019. During 2020, the Company received a reportconfirmed the closure of initial deficiencythe Florida audit for tax findings from the Philippines Bureau of Internal Revenue (“BIR”) relatedyears 2017 through 2019 with no material changes to the 2015 tax year. The Company does not agree with the amount in question and is working closely with the BIR to clarify and resolve the outstanding discrepancies.financial statements. Although the outcome of examinations by taxing authorities are always uncertain, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

(11)RESTRUCTURING CHARGES, INTEGRATION CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES

Restructuring Charges

During the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, the Company continued restructuring activities primarily associated with reductions in the Company’s capacity, workforce and related management in all of itsboth segments to better align the capacity and workforce with current business needs.

During 2017,2021 and 2020, TTEC determined it would close several restructuring activities were completeddelivery centers servicing the Engage segment and the expenses related to the purchase of Connextions (see Note 2) including the closure of two delivery centers that came with the acquisition. During 2017, a net $0.4 million severance accrual was recorded in relation to these closures. In conjunction with closing these two delivery centers, a $0.6 millionearly termination feefees and a $1.4 million netcease use lease liability and applicableaccruals were recorded. These expenses were recorded as of December 31, 2017. These net charges wereare included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) during the year ended December 31, 2017. During 2018, in connection with one of these delivery centers, an early termination option was exercised and a $1.9 million fee was expensed and recorded in Restructuring charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

During 2018, TTEC determined it would close several other delivery centers and a net $1.1 million and $1.8 million in the CMS and CGS segments, respectively, were expensed related to early termination fees and cease use lease accruals. These expenses are included in the Restructuring and integration charges, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as of December 31, 2018.

F-40


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

A summary of the expenses recorded for restructuring and included in Restructuring and integration charges, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively, is as follows (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Reduction in force

TTEC Digital

$

858

$

668

$

141

TTEC Engage

 

310

 

396

 

894

Total

$

1,168

$

1,064

$

1,035

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Facility exit and other charges

TTEC Digital

$

10

$

90

$

41

TTEC Engage

 

2,629

 

2,110

 

671

Total

$

2,639

$

2,200

$

712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Reduction in force

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Management Services

 

 

$

694

 

$

1,012

 

$

2,837

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

147

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

 

 —

 

 

94

 

 

324

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

 

133

 

 

55

 

 

92

 

Total

 

 

$

827

 

$

1,161

 

$

3,400

 

F-41

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Facility exit and other charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Management Services

 

 

$

3,550

 

$

2,050

 

$

959

 

Customer Growth Services

 

 

 

1,754

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Technology Services

 

 

 

 —

 

 

84

 

 

33

 

Customer Strategy Services

 

 

 

 —

 

 

85

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

5,304

 

$

2,219

 

$

992

 

A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively, is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reduction

 

Facility Exit and

 

 

 

 

 

in Force

 

Other Charges

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

$

1,468

 

$

98

 

$

1,566

 

Reduction

Facility Exit and

 

in Force

Other Charges

Total

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

$

251

$

74

$

325

Expense

 

 

1,316

 

 

2,219

 

 

3,535

 

 

1,064

 

2,200

 

3,264

Payments

 

 

(1,892)

 

 

(908)

 

 

(2,800)

 

 

(1,067)

 

(1,729)

 

(2,796)

Changes due to foreign currency

 

 

(43)

 

 

 —

 

 

(43)

 

(14)

(2)

(16)

Changes in estimates

 

 

(155)

 

 

 —

 

 

(155)

 

 

(78)

 

 

(78)

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

 

694

 

 

1,409

 

 

2,103

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

156

 

543

 

699

Expense

 

 

1,021

 

 

5,303

 

 

6,324

 

 

1,252

2,639

 

3,891

Payments

 

 

(937)

 

 

(3,480)

 

 

(4,417)

 

 

(510)

(2,672)

 

(3,182)

Changes due to foreign currency

 

 

(169)

 

 

(6)

 

 

(175)

 

(6)

1

(5)

Changes in estimates

 

 

(193)

 

 

 —

 

 

(193)

 

(84)

(84)

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

$

416

 

$

3,226

 

$

3,642

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

$

808

$

511

$

1,319

The remaining restructuring and other accruals are expected to be paid or extinguished during 20192022 and are all classified as current liabilities within Other accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

IntegrationSeverance Charges

In the normal course of business, the Company will pay severance to terminated employees related to programs that are ending when such employees are no longer needed and cannot be repurposed to a new program.

During the second quarter of 2020, a $3.0 million accrual was recorded with the expense included in Cost of services during the quarter ended June 30, 2020. During the third and fourth quarters of 2017,2020, a total of $1.6 million was paid and a $0.3 million reduction in expense was recorded. During the year of 2021, a total of $0.4 million was paid and a $0.7 million reduction in expense was recorded and the accrual is zero as a result of the Connextions acquisition, certain integration activities were completed and $5.6 million and $3.9 million of additional expenses were incurred and paid, respectively. These integration activities included the hiring, training and licensing of a group of employees at new delivery centers as one of the acquired centers was closed during the third quarter of 2017 and one of the acquired centers was closed during the fourth quarter of 2017. In connection with these center closures, leasehold improvements of $3.5 million were written off as a related integration expense. The Company has also incurred significant expenses related to the integration of the IT systems and has paid duplicative software costs and facilities expenses for several areas during the transition period.December 31, 2021.

F-41


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Impairment Losses

During each of the periods presented, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its leasehold improvement assets at certain customer engagement centers. An asset is considered to be impaired when the anticipated undiscounted future cash flows of its asset group are estimated to be less than the asset group’s carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. To determine fair value, the Company used Level 3 inputs in its discounted cash flows analysis. Assumptions included the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates. During 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, the Company recognized impairment losses, net related to leasehold improvement assets and right of $1.1use lease assets of $7.4 million, zero$5.8 million and zero,$2.7 million, respectively, in its CMS segment.across the TTEC Digital and TTEC Engage segments.

(12)INDEBTEDNESS

(12)INDEBTEDNESS

Credit Facility

On October 30, 2017,  the CompanyNovember 23, 2021, we entered into a ThirdSixth Amendment to the June 3, 2013our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and AmendedAmendment (“the Credit Agreement”) and Restated Security Agreement originally dated June 3, 2013, (collectively, the “Credit Agreement”Facility”) forto convert the $300 million term loan included in the total Credit Facility commitments, that was previously agreed on March 25, 2021 as part of the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, into a $1.5 billion senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”)Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo, Bank, National Association.Association, as agent, swingline and fronting lender. The Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving credit facility thatFacility matures on February 11, 2021 with a maximum aggregate commitmentNovember 23, 2026. We primarily use our Credit Facility to fund working capital, general operations, dividends, acquisitions and other strategic activities.

F-42

Table of $1.2 billion.Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

On February 14, 2019,March 25, 2021, the Company entered into a FourthFifth Amendment to its Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and Amended and Restated Security Agreement originally dated as of June 3, 2013 (collectivelyCredit Facility to increase the “Credit Agreement”) for atotal commitments by $300 million to $1.2 billion by exercising the accordion feature that was included in the senior secured revolving credit facility withfacility. The $300 million increase was in the form of a syndicate of lenders led by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent, swing lineterm loan, which could be prepaid anytime and fronting lender (the “Credit Facility”). The amended Credit Agreement provides for a secured revolving Credit Facility that matures onwould become due February 14, 2024.

Other than2024, contemporaneously with the extensionexpiration of the Credit Facility’s maturity date and a few material terms outlined below, the material termsrevolving line of the Credit Facility, including pricing and collateral, are substantially the same as those previously disclosed as part of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 (“2016 Credit Facility”).credit.

The maximum commitment under the Credit Facility is $900.0 million, with an accordion feature of up to $1.2$1.5 billion in the aggregate, if certain conditions are satisfied. The Credit Facility commitment fees are payable to the lenders in an amount equal to the unused portion of the Credit Facility multiplied by 0.150%a rate per annum from the Credit Facility inception date until a compliance certificate is provided by the Company in connection with its quarterly financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, and thereafter as previously disclosed and as determined by reference to the Company’s net leverage ratio. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative, negative, and financial covenants, which primarily remained unchanged from the 20162019 Credit Facility, except that the Company is now obligated to maintain a maximum net leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00, and a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.50 to 1.00.Facility. The Credit Agreement permits accounts receivable factoring up to the greater of $75$100 million or 25 percent of the average book value of all accounts receivable over the most recent twelve monthtwelve-month period. The Credit Agreement also permits the utilization of up to $100 million of limits within the Credit Facility for letters of credit to be used in the business.

Base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to the greatest of (i) Wells Fargo’s prime rate, (ii) one half of 1% in excess of the federal funds effective rate, and (iii) 1.25% in excess of the one monthone-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”); plus in each case a margin of 0% to 0.75% based on the Company’s net leverage ratio. Eurodollar loans bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.0% to 1.75% based on the Company’s net leverage ratio. Alternate currency loans bear interest at rates applicable to their respective currencies.

Letter of credit fees are one eighth of 1% of the stated amount of the letter of credit on the date of issuance, renewal or amendment, plus an annual fee equal to the borrowing margin for Eurodollar loans.

F-42


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company primarily utilizes its Credit Agreement to fund working capital, general operations, stock repurchases, dividends, and other strategic activities, such as the acquisitions described in Note 2. As of December 31, 2018,2021, and 2017,2020, the Company had borrowings of $282.0$791.0 million and $344.0$385.0 million, respectively, under its Credit Agreement and its average daily utilization was $514.7$797.2 million and $494.7$550.9 million for the years ended December 31, 20182021 and 2017,2020, respectively. The Company had increased borrowings under the Credit Agreement from late March 2020 through late September 2020, related to precautionary measures taken to proactively strengthen the Company’s cash reserves and financial flexibility in response to COVID-19 related uncertainties. As of September 30, 2020, those additional borrowings had been repaid. During early April 2021, the Company increased borrowings by approximately $500 million in connection with the acquisition of Avtex (see Note 2). Based on the current level of availability based on the covenant calculations, the Company’s remaining borrowing capacity was approximately $360.0$565 million as of December 31, 2018.2021. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and conditions under its Credit Agreement.

(13)DEFERRED REVENUE AND COSTS

Deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

Deferred Revenue - Current

 

$

44,926

 

$

21,650

 

Deferred Revenue - Long-term

 

 

33,247

 

 

9,632

 

Total Deferred Revenue

 

$

78,173

 

$

31,282

 

Deferred costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

Deferred Costs - Current

 

$

23,539

 

$

13,649

 

Deferred Costs - Long-term

 

 

34,042

 

 

9,654

 

Total Deferred Costs

 

$

57,581

 

$

23,303

 

Activity in the Company’s Deferred revenue accounts consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

 

$

31,282

 

Additions

 

 

155,096

 

Amortization

 

 

(108,205)

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

$

78,173

 

(14)COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2018,2021, outstanding letters of credit under the Credit Agreement totaled $3.1$22.6 million and primarily guaranteed insurance-related obligations and workers’ compensation and other insurance related obligations.compensation. As of December 31, 2018,2021, letters of credit and contract performance guarantees issued outside of the Credit Agreement totaled $0.6$0.3 million.

Guarantees

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed by certain of the Company’s present and future domestic subsidiaries.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company has been involved in legal actions, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues for exposures associated with such legal actions to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and reasonably estimable. To the extent specific reserves have not been made for certain legal proceedings, their ultimate outcome, and consequently, an estimate of possible loss, if any, cannot reasonably be determined at this time.

F-43


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Based on currently available information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the disposition or ultimate resolution of any current legal proceedings, except as otherwise specifically reserved for in its financial statements, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

(14)DEFERRED REVENUE AND COSTS

Deferred revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Deferred Revenue - Current

$

95,608

$

39,956

Deferred Revenue - Long-term (included in Other long-term liabilities)

 

17,078

 

17,434

Total Deferred Revenue

$

112,686

$

57,390

Deferred costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Deferred Costs - Current (included in Prepaids and other current assets)

$

49,043

$

25,669

Deferred Costs - Long-term (included in Other long-term assets)

 

14,406

 

18,015

Total Deferred Costs

$

63,449

$

43,684

Activity in the Company’s Deferred revenue accounts consists of the following (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$

57,390

Additions

 

297,623

Amortization

 

(242,327)

Balance as of December 31, 2021

$

112,686

(15)LEASES

Operating leases are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as Operating lease assets, Current operating lease liabilities and Non-current operating lease liabilities. Finance leases are included in Property, plant and equipment, Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company primarily leases real estate and equipment under various arrangements that provide the Company the right-of-use for the underlying asset that require lease payments over the lease term. The Company determines the value of each lease by computing the present value of each lease payment using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if available; otherwise the Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate over the lease term. The Company determines its incremental borrowing rate based on its estimated credit risk with adjustments for each individual leases’ geographical risk and lease term. Operating lease assets also include prepaid rent and initial direct costs less any tenant improvements.

The Company’s real estate portfolio typically includes one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that generally can extend the lease term from one to 10 years. The exercise of these lease renewal options is at the Company’s discretion and is included in the lease term only if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise. The Company also has variousservice arrangements whereby it controls specific space provided by a third-party service provider. These arrangements meet the definition of a lease and are accounted for under ASC 842. Lease expense for operating leases primarily for customer engagement centers, equipment,is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and office space, which generallyis included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company’s lease agreements do not contain renewal options. Rentany material residual value guarantees or restrictive guarantees.

F-44

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The components of lease expense under operating leases was approximately $43.7 million, $46.3 million and $39.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021 and 2016, respectively.2020 are as follows (in thousands):

Location in Statements of

Year Ended December 31,

Description

    

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

    

2021

    

2020

    

Amortization of ROU assets - finance leases

Depreciation and amortization

$

6,674

$

7,661

Interest on lease liabilities - finance leases

Interest expense

136

203

 

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Cost of services

 

39,087

 

46,375

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Selling, general and administrative

2,770

2,040

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Restructuring

1,614

1,232

Operating lease cost

Impairment

5,338

5,127

Operating lease cost (cost resulting from lease payments)

Other income (expense), net

1,240

1,149

Short-term lease cost

Cost of services

 

4,529

 

3,888

Variable lease cost (cost excluded from lease payments

Cost of services

1,246

(287)

Less: Sublease income

Selling, general and administrative

(807)

(836)

Less: Sublease income

Other income (expense), net

 

(2,584)

 

(2,464)

Total lease cost

$

59,243

 

$

64,088

Other supplementary information for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (dollar values in thousands):

Year Ended December 31,

    

2021

    

2020

    

Finance lease - operating cash flows

$

45

$

68

Finance lease - financing cash flows

$

6,385

$

7,911

Operating lease - operating cash flows (fixed payments)

$

52,358

$

55,862

New ROU assets - operating leases

$

15,280

$

6,834

Modified ROU assets - operating leases

$

736

$

6,485

New ROU assets - finance leases

$

1,141

$

2,292

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Weighted average remaining lease term - finance leases

2.34 years

2.46 years

Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases

3.32 years

3.73 years

Weighted average discount rate - finance leases

1.85%

1.64%

Weighted average discount rate - operating leases

5.38%

6.95%

Operating and financing lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities within our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

Description

Location in Balance Sheet

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

 

Assets

Operating lease assets

Operating lease assets

$

90,180

$

120,820

Finance lease assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

7,119

 

12,659

Total leased assets

$

97,299

$

133,479

Liabilities

Current

Operating

Current operating lease liabilities

$

44,460

$

43,651

Finance

Other current liabilities

3,001

6,193

Non-current

Operating

Non-current operating lease liabilities

64,419

98,277

Finance

Other long-term liabilities

2,866

4,763

Total lease liabilities

$

114,746

$

152,884

F-45

Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The future minimum operating lease and finance lease payments required under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

    

Operating

    

Sub-lease

    

Finance

 

Leases

Income

Leases

 

Year 1

$

48,559

$

(3,465)

$

3,026

Year 2

 

32,054

 

(3,112)

 

1,921

Year 3

 

18,862

 

(2,905)

 

870

Year 4

 

10,162

 

(2,940)

 

164

Year 5

 

3,508

 

(490)

 

Thereafter

 

6,759

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

119,904

$

(12,912)

$

5,981

Less imputed interest

(11,025)

(114)

Total lease liability

$

108,879

$

5,867

December 31, 2020

    

Operating

    

Sub-lease

    

Finance

 

Leases

Income

Leases

 

Year 1

$

51,120

$

(3,500)

$

6,237

Year 2

 

46,913

 

(3,489)

 

2,740

Year 3

 

31,085

 

(3,123)

 

1,631

Year 4

 

17,338

 

(2,905)

 

579

Year 5

 

8,288

 

(2,940)

 

0

Thereafter

 

8,397

 

(490)

 

0

Total minimum lease payments

$

163,141

$

(16,447)

$

11,187

Less imputed interest

(21,213)

(231)

Total lease liability

$

141,928

$

10,956

In 2008, the Company sub-leased one of its customer engagement centers to a third party for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on January 1, 2009 and rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the sub-lease through 2021.2026. In 2017, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on November 6, 2017 and endsended on May 31, 2021. In 2019, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on March 1, 2019 and ends July 21, 2023. In 2020, the Company sub-leased one of its office spaces for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease began on February 6, 2020 and ends on June 14, 2023.

(16) OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

The future minimum rental payments and receipts required under non-cancelable operating leasescomponents of Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 20182021 and 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

Deferred revenue

$

17,078

 

$

17,434

Deferred compensation plan

30,012

23,858

Deferred social security taxes

15,986

Other

 

32,737

 

38,907

Total

$

79,827

 

$

96,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Operating

    

Sub-Lease

 

 

 

Leases

 

Income

 

2019

 

$

47,379

 

$

(2,624)

 

2020

 

 

36,045

 

 

(2,631)

 

2021

 

 

30,678

 

 

(276)

 

2022

 

 

26,584

 

 

 —

 

2023

 

 

17,226

 

 

 —

 

Thereafter

 

 

25,362

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

183,274

 

$

(5,531)

 

The Company records operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as described in Note 1. The deferred lease liability as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $16.6 million and $15.7 million, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company records asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) for several of its customer engagement center leases. Capitalized costs related to ARO’s are included in Other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets while the ARO liability is included in Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Following is a summary of the amounts recorded (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance at

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Additions and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2017

 

Modifications

 

Accretion

 

Settlements

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARO liability total

 

$

1,938

 

$

1,153

 

$

14

 

$

(623)

 

$

2,482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance at

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balance at

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Additions and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

Modifications

 

Accretion

 

Settlements

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARO liability total

 

$

1,861

 

$

317

 

$

 7

 

$

(247)

 

$

1,938

 

Increases to ARO result from a new lease agreement or modifications on an ARO from a preexisting lease agreement. Modifications to ARO liabilities and accumulated accretion occur when lease agreements are amended or when assumptions change, such as the rate of inflation. Modifications are accounted for prospectively as changes in estimates. Settlements occur when leased premises are vacated and the actual

F-44F-46


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

cost of restoration is paid. Differences between the actual costs of restoration and the balance recorded as ARO liabilities are recognized as gains or losses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

(16)(17)ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The following table presents changes in the accumulated balance for each component of Other comprehensive income (loss), including current period other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):

    

Foreign

    

    

    

 

Currency

Derivative

 

Translation

Valuation, Net

Other, Net

 

Adjustment

of Tax

of Tax

Totals

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2018

$

(114,168)

$

(8,278)

$

(2,150)

$

(124,596)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

6,688

 

15,545

 

(588)

 

21,645

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(3,085)

 

(198)

 

(3,283)

Net current period other comprehensive (income) loss

 

6,688

 

12,460

 

(786)

 

18,362

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2019

$

(107,480)

$

4,182

$

(2,936)

$

(106,234)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2019

$

(107,480)

 

$

4,182

 

$

(2,936)

 

$

(106,234)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

9,722

 

2,321

 

1,016

 

13,059

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

19,619

 

1,928

 

(528)

 

21,019

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

29,341

 

4,249

 

488

 

34,078

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2020

$

(78,139)

 

$

8,431

 

$

(2,448)

 

$

(72,156)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2020

$

(78,139)

 

$

8,431

 

$

(2,448)

 

$

(72,156)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

(17,408)

 

(12,126)

 

(103)

 

(29,637)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

3,655

 

(288)

 

3,367

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

(17,408)

 

(8,471)

 

(391)

 

(26,270)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2021

$

(95,547)

 

$

(40)

 

$

(2,839)

 

$

(98,426)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Foreign

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

Derivative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

Valuation, Net

 

Other, Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment

 

of Tax

 

of Tax

 

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2015

 

$

(71,196)

 

$

(26,885)

 

$

(3,284)

 

$

(101,365)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(20,812)

 

 

11,242

 

 

1,902

 

 

(7,668)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 —

 

 

(16,750)

 

 

(1,181)

 

 

(17,931)

 

Net current period other comprehensive (income) loss

 

 

(20,812)

 

 

(5,508)

 

 

721

 

 

(25,599)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2016

 

$

(92,008)

 

$

(32,393)

 

$

(2,563)

 

$

(126,964)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2016

 

$

(92,008)

 

$

(32,393)

 

$

(2,563)

 

$

(126,964)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

7,908

 

 

31,053

 

 

575

 

 

39,536

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 —

 

 

(14,406)

 

 

(470)

 

 

(14,876)

 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

7,908

 

 

16,647

 

 

105

 

 

24,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2017

 

$

(84,100)

 

$

(15,746)

 

$

(2,458)

 

$

(102,304)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2017

 

$

(84,100)

 

$

(15,746)

 

$

(2,458)

 

$

(102,304)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

(30,068)

 

 

20,278

 

 

712

 

 

(9,078)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 —

 

 

(12,810)

 

 

(404)

 

 

(13,214)

 

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(30,068)

 

 

7,468

 

 

308

 

 

(22,292)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2018

 

$

(114,168)

 

$

(8,278)

 

$

(2,150)

 

$

(124,596)

 

F-45F-47


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the classification and amount of the reclassifications from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

Comprehensive Income

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

(Loss) Classification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

Comprehensive Income

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

(Loss) Classification

 

Derivative valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on foreign currency forward exchange contracts

 

$

(17,548)

 

$

(22,792)

 

$

(28,025)

 

Revenue

 

$

4,939

$

2,618

$

(4,228)

 

Revenue

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 —

 

 

(115)

 

 

(534)

 

Interest expense

 

Tax effect

 

 

4,738

 

 

8,501

 

 

11,809

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(1,284)

 

(690)

 

1,143

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

(12,810)

 

$

(14,406)

 

$

(16,750)

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,655

$

1,928

$

(3,085)

 

Net income (loss)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss on defined benefit plan

 

$

(446)

 

$

(522)

 

$

(1,310)

 

Cost of services

 

$

(320)

$

(588)

$

(221)

 

Cost of services

Tax effect

 

 

42

 

 

52

 

 

129

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

32

 

60

 

23

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

(404)

 

$

(470)

 

$

(1,181)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(288)

$

(528)

$

(198)

 

Net income (loss)

(17)NET INCOME PER

(18)WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARE COUNTS

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted shares for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation

 

46,064

 

45,826

 

47,423

 

 

46,890

 

46,647

 

46,373

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

 6

 

10

 

10

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

314

 

536

 

286

 

 

468

 

318

 

349

Performance-based restricted stock units

 

 

 1

 

10

 

17

 

 

28

 

28

 

36

Total effects of dilutive securities

 

 

321

 

556

 

313

 

 

496

 

346

 

385

Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation

 

46,385

 

46,382

 

47,736

 

 

47,386

 

46,993

 

46,758

For the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016, there were zero,  zero and 60 thousand options to purchase shares of common stock or performance-based restricted stock that were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the exercise price exceeded the value of the shares and the effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016,2019, restricted stock units of 212124 thousand, 218 thousand, and 7128 thousand, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

(18)

(19)EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company currently has a 401(k) profit-sharing plan that allows participation by U.S. employees who have completed six months of service, as defined, and are 21 years of age or older. Participants may defer up to 75% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants are also eligible for a matching contribution. The Company may from time to time, at its discretion, make a “matching contribution” based on the amount and rate of the elective deferrals. The Company determines how much, if any, it will contribute for each dollar of elective deferrals. Participants vest in matching contributions over a three-year period. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan(s) totaled $5.2$10.8 million, $5.7$4.2 million and $5.1$6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, respectively.

F-46F-48


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Equity Compensation Plans

In May 2010,February 2020, the Company adopted the TeleTechTTEC Holdings, Inc. 2010, 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010“2020 Plan”). An aggregate of 4.0 million shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan,, which permits the awardawards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted common stock, performance stock units and RSUs.restricted stock units. The 20102020 Plan will also providesprovide for annual equity-based compensation grants to members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Options granted to employees under the 2020 Plan generally vest over fourthree to five years and have a contractual life of ten years. Options issued to Directors vest over one year and have a contractual life of ten years. As of December 31, 2018, a total ofAt the 2020 Annual Stockholder Meeting, the Company received shareholder approval for the 2020 Plan, including 4.0 million shares were authorized and 1.0 million shares were availableof common stock to be reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

For the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017,2021, 2020, and 2016,2019, the Company recorded total equity-based compensation expense under all equity-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $12.1$16.4 million, $11.9$12.5 million and $9.8$12.8 million, respectively. For 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, of the total compensation expense, $4.7$6.1 million, $4.1$4.3 million and $3.1$4.7 million was recognized in Cost of services and $7.4$10.3 million, $7.8$8.2 million and $6.7$8.1 million, was recognized in Selling, general and administrative in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017,2021, 2020, and 2016,2019, the Company recognized a tax benefit under all equity-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $3.7$8.7 million, $6.8$3.5 million and $5.0$4.2 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

2016,  20172019, 2020 and 20182021 RSU Awards: The Company granted RSUs in 2016,  20172019, 2020 and 20182021 to new and existing employees that vest over four or five years. The Company also granted RSUs in 2016,  20172019, 2020 and 20182021 to members of the Board of Directors that vest over one year.

During 2015, the Company granted performance-based RSUs to an executive the amount of which is determinable based on a reporting segment of the Company achieving incremental operating income for each year from 2015-2017. During 2015 and 2016, based on operating income performance for reporting segment of the Company, approximately $0.4 million and $0.1 million of RSUs were earned. These RSUs were granted in March 2016 and March 2017, respectively, and will vest 12 months from the grant date. During 2017, the Company cancelled the 2017 performance grant.

Summary of RSUs:  Settlement of the RSUs shall be made in shares of the Company’s common stock by delivery of one share of common stock for each RSU then being settled. The Company calculates the fair value for RSUs based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and records compensation expense over the vesting period using a straight-line method. The Company factors an estimated forfeiture rate in calculating compensation expense on RSUs and adjusts for actual forfeitures upon the vesting of each tranche of RSUs. The Company also factors in the present value of the estimated dividend payments that will have accrued as these RSUs are vesting.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs, including performance-based RSUs, granted during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017,2021, 2020, and 20162019 was $35.15,  $29.56,$96.47, $44.70, and $26.60,$40.10, respectively. The total intrinsic value and fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017,2021, 2020, and 20162019 was $14.2 million, $11.5 million, and $12.5 million, $10.6respectively.

Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Grants

During 2019, the Company awarded performance restricted stock units (“PRSUs”) that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued will be between $0.4 million and $10.8$1.4 million and vest immediately. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The award amounts are based on the Company’s annual adjusted operating income for the fiscal years 2019, 2020 and 2021. Each fiscal year’s adjusted operating income will determine the award amount. The Company recognized compensation expense related to PRSUs of $1.1 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

During 2020, the Company awarded PRSUs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued will be between $0.2 million and $2.0 million and vest immediately. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares awarded are based on the Company’s annual revenue and adjusted operating income for the fiscal years 2021 and 2022. Each fiscal year’s revenue and adjusted operating income will determine the award amount. The Company recognized compensation expense related to PRSUs of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

F-47F-49


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

During 2021, the Company awarded PRSUs that are subject to service and performance vesting conditions. If defined minimum targets are met, the annual value of the PRSUs issued will be between $1.2 million and $4.9 million and vest immediately. If the defined minimum targets are not met, then no shares will be issued. The number of shares awarded are based on the Company's annual revenue and adjusted operating income for the fiscal year 2023. Fiscal year's 2023 revenue and adjusted operating income will determine the award amount. Expense for these awards will begin at the start of the requisite service period, beginning January 1, 2023.

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs and activity for the year ended December 31, 20182021 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2017

 

1,290,427

 

$

27.87

 

    

    

Weighted

 

Average

 

Grant Date

 

Shares

Fair Value

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2020

 

1,029,176

$

41.12

Granted

 

482,398

 

$

35.15

 

 

325,078

$

96.47

Vested

 

(458,444)

 

$

27.35

 

 

(367,597)

$

38.57

Cancellations/expirations

 

(172,943)

 

$

30.38

 

 

(101,045)

$

47.87

Unvested as of December 31, 2018

 

1,141,438

 

$

30.78

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2021

 

885,612

$

61.73

All RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 20182021 were issued out of treasury stock. As of December 31, 2018,2021, there was approximately $23.1$37.3 million of total unrecognized compensation expense and approximately $32.6$80.2 million in total intrinsic value related to non-vested RSU grants. The unrecognized compensation expense will be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.41.6 years using the straight-line method.

Stock Options

There were no stock options granted during 2018,  2017 or 2016. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016 was $156 thousand, $194 thousand and $400 thousand, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016 was zero, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016 was $0.2 million, $2.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The recognized tax benefit from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2018,  2017 and 2016 was $0.0 million, $0.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Shares issued for options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2018 were issued out of treasury stock.

(19)

(20)STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

Stock Repurchase Program

The Company has a stock repurchase program, which was initially authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors in November 2001.2001, and is accounted for using the cash method. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the cumulative authorized repurchase allowance was $762.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, the Company purchased no additional shares. Since inception of the program, the Company has purchased 46.1 million shares for $735.8 million. As of December 31, 2018,2021, the remaining allowance under the program was approximately $26.6 million. For the period from January 1, 20192022 through February 28, 2019,23, 2022, the Company did not purchase any additional shares. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.

(20)

(21)RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company entered into an agreement under which Avion, LLC (“Avion”) and Airmax LLC (“Airmax”) provide certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company. Such services include the use of an aircraft and flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has a directan indirect 100% beneficial ownership interest in Avion and Airmax. During 2018,  20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019, the Company expensed $1.1$0.6 million, $1.1$0.4 million and $1.0$1.1 million, respectively, to Avion and Airmax for services provided to the Company. There was $122$50 thousand in payments due and outstanding to Avion and Airmax as of December 31, 2018.

F-48


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

During 2014, the Company entered into a vendor contract with Convercent Inc. to provide learning management and web and telephony based global helpline solutions. This contract was renewed, after an arms-length market pricing review, in the fourth quarter of 2016. The majority owner of Convercent is a company which is owned and controlled by Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. During 2018, 2017 and 2016,  the Company expensed $60 thousand, $70 thousand and $100 thousand, respectively, to Convercent.

During 2015, the Company entered into a contract to purchase software from CaféX, which is a company that TTEC holds a 17.2% equity investment in. During 2018,  2017 and 2016, the Company purchased $44 thousand,  $72 thousand and $405 thousand, respectively, of software from CaféX. See Note 2 for further information regarding this investment. 

During 2017, in connection with the Motif acquisition, the Company became a party to a real estate lease for a building that is owned by one of the Motif Founders. The lease expires in 2019 and has future payments of approximately $8 thousand.2021.

Ms. Regina M. Paolillo, Global Chief Financial and AdministrativeOperating Officer of the Company, iswas a member of the board of directors of Welltok, Inc., a consumer health SaaS company, and partner of the Company in Welltok TTEC Communicationsa joint venture. During the years ended December 31, 20182021, 2020 and 2017,2019, the Company recorded revenue of $5.7$1.5 million, $3.0 million and $5.5$5.3 million, respectively, in connection with work performed through the joint venture.

(21)OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Self-insurance liabilities As of December 2021, Ms. Paolillo is no longer a member of the Company which are included in Accrued employee compensationboard of directors and benefits and Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

Employee health and dental insurance

 

$

3,987

 

$

5,312

 

Workers compensation

 

 

1,802

 

 

1,631

 

Total self-insurance liabilities

 

$

5,789

 

$

6,943

 

joint venture has been wound down.

F-49F-50


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(22)QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following tables present certain quarterly financial data forMs. Regina M. Paolillo is a member of the board of directors of Unisys, a global information technology company. During the year ended December 31, 2018 (in thousands except per share amounts).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

375,249

 

$

349,853

 

$

364,936

 

$

419,133

 

Cost of services

 

 

283,370

 

 

274,260

 

 

286,925

 

 

313,372

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

47,045

 

 

44,245

 

 

43,321

 

 

47,817

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

17,924

 

 

16,811

 

 

17,317

 

 

17,127

 

Restructuring and integration charges, net

 

 

849

 

 

1,034

 

 

2,716

 

 

1,532

 

Impairment losses

 

 

1,120

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

332

 

Income from operations

 

 

24,941

 

 

13,503

 

 

14,657

 

 

38,953

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

(16,907)

 

 

(6,553)

 

 

(6,020)

 

 

(6,336)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(2,102)

 

 

(653)

 

 

(1,893)

 

 

(11,835)

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(1,341)

 

 

(779)

 

 

(1,369)

 

 

(449)

 

Net income attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

$

4,591

 

$

5,518

 

$

5,375

 

$

20,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

45,871

 

 

46,016

 

 

46,172

 

 

46,193

 

Diluted

 

 

46,452

 

 

46,401

 

 

46,316

 

 

46,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.44

 

Diluted

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.12

 

$

0.44

 

Included in Other income (expense) in2021, the first quarter is a $15.6 million expense related to the impairmentCompany recorded revenue of the full value of an equity investment and related bridge loan. Also included is a $0.7 million gain on the purchase of an acquisition.

Included in Other income (expense) in the second quarter and fourth quarter was a $2.0 million loss and a $0.4 million gain, respectively, related to a business unit which was classified as assets heldin connection with services performed for sale but subsequently reclassified to assets held and used.Unisys.

Included in Other Income (expense) for each of the quarters is an interest expense charge related to the future purchase for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition - $1.9 million, $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $1.9 million in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is a $3.6 million expense in the fourth quarter, a $1.1 million benefit in the third quarter, a $1.0 million benefit in the second quarter related to changes in tax contingent liabilities, a $3.0 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.2 million expense in the third quarter, a $0.5 million benefit in the second quarter related to return to provision adjustments, a $4.2 million benefit in the first quarter related to impairment of an equity investment, a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter, $0.1 million of expense in the second quarter, $0.1 million of expense in the third quarter and $0.1 million of expense in the fourth quarter related to the disposition of assets, a $1.5 million expense in the fourth quarter related to changes in valuation allowances, a $0.1 million benefit in the first quarter, a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter and a $0.4 million benefit in the third quarter related to excess taxes on equity compensation, a $0.5 million benefit in the fourth quarter, a $0.7 million benefit in the third quarter, a $0.2 million benefit in the second quarter, a $0.6 million benefit in the first quarter related to restructuring charges, a $0.9 million benefit in the fourth quarter, $0.1 million of expense in the third quarter and a $0.2 million expense in the first quarter of other items. Without these items our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 would have been 25.6%.  

F-50


Table of Contents

TTEC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2017 (in thousands except per share amounts).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

338,277

 

$

353,429

 

$

359,036

 

$

426,623

 

Cost of services

 

 

253,898

 

 

268,004

 

 

275,548

 

 

312,618

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

43,220

 

 

43,985

 

 

45,167

 

 

49,942

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

14,500

 

 

16,258

 

 

16,515

 

 

17,234

 

Restructuring and integration charges, net

 

 

169

 

 

3,593

 

 

6,006

 

 

4,897

 

Impairment losses

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,322

 

Income from operations

 

 

26,490

 

 

21,589

 

 

15,800

 

 

36,610

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

(932)

 

 

(4,198)

 

 

1,846

 

 

(8,318)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(5,391)

 

 

(1,597)

 

 

(2,071)

 

 

(69,016)

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(922)

 

 

(1,100)

 

 

(806)

 

 

(728)

 

Net income (loss) attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

$

19,245

 

$

14,694

 

$

14,769

 

$

(41,452)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

45,950

 

 

45,662

 

 

45,838

 

 

45,856

 

Diluted

 

 

46,315

 

 

46,150

 

 

46,367

 

 

46,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to TTEC stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.32

 

$

(0.90)

 

Diluted

 

$

0.42

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.32

 

$

(0.89)

 

Included in Other income (expense) in the second quarter is a $3.2 million expense related to additional estimated loss on one of the units being reported as Assets Held for Sale. In the fourth quarter, we sold this unit and a net $0.6 million gain was recorded.

Included in Other income (expense) in the third quarter, was a $3.2 million gain related to dissolution of a foreign entity and a release of its cumulative translation adjustment.

Included in Other income (expense) in the fourth quarter is a $5.25 million expense related to finalization of the transition services agreement for the Connextions acquisition, and a $1.2 million interest charge related to the future purchase for the remaining 30% of the Motif acquisition.

Included in the Provision for Income Taxes is $62.4 million of expense in the fourth quarter related to the US 2017 Tax Act, $0.4 million of expense in the fourth quarter, $1.3 million of expense in the third quarter and $1.3 million of benefit in the second quarter related to the disposition of assets, $1.9 million of benefit in the fourth quarter related to impairments, a $1.9 million benefit in the fourth quarter, and a $2.4 million benefit in the third quarter and a $1.5 million benefit in the second quarter related to restructuring charges. Also included is $0.6 million of expense in the fourth quarter related to changes in valuation allowances. Additionally, $0.3 million of benefit was recorded in the fourth quarter, $0.2 million of expense was recorded in the third quarter, $0.7 million of benefit recorded in the second quarter, and $0.3 million of expense was recorded in the first quarter related to return to provision adjustments. Also included in the fourth quarter was $2.1 million of benefit related to transition service agreement. Finally, a $0.2 million benefit was recorded in the fourth quarter, a $1.0 million benefit was recorded in the third quarter, a $0.7 million benefit was recorded in the second quarter and a $0.3 million benefit was recorded in the first quarter related to stock options. 

F-51